UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): February 14, 2011
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
         
Maryland
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
  001-35074
(Commission File Number)
  27-2962512
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
         
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
  000-54273
(Commission File Number)
  27-2966616
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(605) 361-9566
(Registrants’ telephone number, including area code)
Not applicable
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o       Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 240.425)
o       Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
o       Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
o       Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 

 


 

Item 1.01.   Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
     As previously reported, on February 14, 2011, Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) closed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of 26,000,000 shares of common stock and its concurrent private placement to an affiliate of InterContinental Hotels Group (“IHG”) of 1,274,000 shares of common stock. The Company, Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Operating Partnership”) and certain of their subsidiaries entered into the following agreements in connection with the completion of the IPO, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions described in the Company’s prospectus, dated February 8, 2011, related to the IPO (the “IPO Prospectus”) and filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on February 10, 2011:
    The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Summit Hotel GP, LLC, as the general partner of the Operating Partnership, and the Company, as the original limited partner, entered into the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership Agreement”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein. The summary of the material terms of the Partnership Agreement appearing in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Description of the Partnership Agreement” is incorporated by reference herein.
 
    The Operating Partnership entered into a tax protection agreement with The Summit Group, Inc. (“The Summit Group”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein. The summary of the material terms of the tax protection agreement with The Summit Group appearing in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Formation Transactions—Tax Protection Agreements” is incorporated by reference herein.
 
    The Operating Partnership entered into a transition services agreement with The Summit Group, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein. The summary of the material terms of the transition services agreement with The Summit Group appearing in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” is incorporated by reference herein.
 
    Certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into an amended and restated hotel management agreement with Interstate Management Company, LLC (“Interstate”), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated by reference herein. The summary of the material terms of the amended and restated hotel management agreement with Interstate appearing in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Our Hotel Operating Agreements—Hotel Management Agreement” is incorporated by reference herein.
     The IPO Prospectus is a part of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 (Registration No. 333-168686), as amended (the “IPO Registration Statement”). The summaries of the material terms of the agreements referred to above are qualified in their entirety by the actual text of the agreements attached to this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.
Item 2.01.   Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.
     Effective February 14, 2011, the Operating Partnership and Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “LLC”), completed the merger of the LLC with and into the Operating Partnership (the “Merger”). At the effective time of the Merger, the outstanding membership interests in the LLC were converted into, and cancelled in exchange for, a total of 9,993,992 common units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“OP Units”) and the members of the LLC were admitted as limited partners of the Operating Partnership without any further action by the members of the LLC. Also effective February 14, 2011, The Summit Group contributed its 36% Class B membership interest in Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (“Summit of Scottsdale”) to the Operating Partnership in exchange for 74,829 OP Units and an unaffiliated third-party investor contributed its 15% Class C membership interest in Summit of Scottsdale to the Operating Partnership in exchange for 31,179 OP Units.

1


 

     For accounting and financial reporting purposes, the LLC is considered the acquiror in the Merger. As a result, the historical consolidated financial statements of the LLC will be presented as the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Operating Partnership after completion of the Merger and the contributions of the Class B and C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale to the Operating Partnership (collectively, the “Reorganization Transaction”).
     As a result of the Reorganization Transaction, the Company acquired, through the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries, sole ownership of the 65 hotels in its initial portfolio. In addition, the Company, through the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries, assumed the liabilities, including indebtedness, of the LLC and its subsidiaries described below under Item 2.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K.
     Prior to the completion of the Reorganization Transaction, the LLC and Summit of Scottsdale were controlled by The Summit Group, which is wholly owned Kerry W. Boekelheide, the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Boekelheide and his affiliates, including The Summit Group, had substantial, pre-existing ownership interests in the LLC and Summit of Scottsdale prior to the completion of the Reorganization Transaction. In addition, Craig J. Aniszewski, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, had a pre-existing ownership interest in the LLC. Both Mr. Boekelheide and Mr. Aniszewski sat on the LLC’s Board of Managers which approved the terms of the Reorganization Transaction. The number of OP Units issued by the Operating Partnership in the Reorganization Transaction was determined by the Company’s management team based on its valuation of the LLC and the hotels owned by the LLC and Summit of Scottsdale. The Company’s management team determined the value of the LLC and these hotels by considering various valuation factors and methodologies, including an analysis of available third-party valuations on some of the hotels, market sales comparables, market capitalization rates and general market conditions for similar hotels.
     Each of the Company and the Operating Partnership was a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) immediately before the completion of the Reorganization Transaction. Accordingly, pursuant to the requirements of Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K, set forth below is the information that would be required if each of the Company and the Operating Partnership was filing a Registration Statement on Form 10 under the Exchange Act to register the Company’s common stock and the Operating Partnership’s OP Units. Certain information required by Form 10 has been previously reported by the Company in the IPO Prospectus and the Operating Partnership in the proxy statement/prospects related to the Merger (the “Merger Proxy/Prospectus”), which is included in Amendment No. 4 to the Operating Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-168685) filed with the SEC on October 22, 2010. The information appearing in the IPO Prospectus applies to the Operating Partnership and its OP Units.
      Business . The information required by Item 1 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Our Business and Properties.”
      Risk Factors. The information required by Item 1A of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors.”
      Financial Information. The information required by Item 2 of Form 10 was previously reported under the captions “Selected Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” including, without limitation “—Qualitative and Quantitative Effects of Market Risk,” in the IPO Prospectus and the Merger Proxy/Prospectus.
      Properties. The information required by Item 3 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Our Business and Properties.”
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management. The information required by Item 4 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Principal Stockholders” and in the Merger Proxy/Prospectus under the caption “Principal Holders Following the Reorganization Transaction.”
      Directors and Executive Officers; Executive Compensation. The information required by Item 5 and Item 6 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Management.”

2


 

      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence. The information required by Item 7 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Management.”
      Legal Proceedings. The information required by Item 8 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Our Business and Properties—Legal Proceedings.”
      Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters . Certain information required by Item 9 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the captions “Distribution Policy” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” The Company’s common stock has been listed since February 9, 2011 and is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “INN.” The high and low per-share sales prices for the Company’s common stock as reported by the NYSE for the period from February 9, 2011 to February 17, 2011 were $10.40 and $9.26. The last reported sale price for the Company’s common stock as reported on the NYSE on February 17, 2011 was $9.70 per share. There is currently no established public trading market for the OP Units. No public trading market for the OP Units is expected to develop. As of February 17, 2011, there were six record holders of the Company’s common stock and 985 record holders of the Operating Partnership’s OP Units. Since the date of the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s inception, no distribution has been paid on the Company’s common stock or the Operating Partnership’s OP Units.
     The following table provides information as of February 17, 2011 with respect to Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s securities that may be issued under existing equity compensation plans:
                         
                    Number of  
                    Securities  
    Number of             Remaining Available  
    Securities to be     Weighted Average     for Future Issuance  
    Issued Upon     Exercise     Under Equity  
    Exercise of     Price of     Compensation  
Plan Category   Outstanding Options     Outstanding Options     Plans (1)  
 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders (2)
    940,000     $ 9.75       1,400,045  
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders
                 
 
                 
Total
    940,000     $ 9.75       1,400,045  
 
                 
 
(1)   Excludes securities reflected in the column entitled “Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options.” The Operating Partnership has not adopted any equity compensation plans; however, long-term incentive plan units (“LTIP Units”), a special class of partnership units in the Operating Partnership, may be issued by the Operating Partnership pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership has any current plans to issue LTIP Units pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
(2)   Consists of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
      Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities . The information required by Item 10 of Form 10 appears below under Item 3.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K.
      Description of Registrant’s Securities to Be Registered. The information required by Item 11 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock.”
      Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The information required by Item 12 of Form 10 was previously reported in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability and Indemnification.”

3


 

      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The financial statements and pro forma financial information required by Item 13 of Form 10 were previously reported in the IPO Prospectus and the Merger Proxy/Prospectus beginning on page F-1 of the IPO Prospectus and the Merger Proxy/Prospectus. In addition, pro forma financial information for the Operating Partnership as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 appears below under Item 9.01(b) of this Current Report on Form 8-K.
      Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. None.
      Financial Statements and Exhibits. The information required by Item 15 of Form 10 appears below under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K.
Item 2.03.   Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.
     Effective February 14, 2011, as a result of the Reorganization Transaction, after giving effect to the repayment of indebtedness described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the IPO Prospectus, the Company, through the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries, assumed indebtedness of the LLC and its subsidiaries having an outstanding principal balance of approximately $198.4 million as of September 30, 2010. The assumption of this indebtedness was effected pursuant to consent and assumption agreements with various lenders. Information regarding the assumed indebtedness appears in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Pro Forma Indebtedness” and such information is incorporated by reference herein.
     In connection with the assumption of three cross-defaulted, variable rate mortgage loans made by General Electric Capital Corp. to the LLC in the original principal amount of $11.4 million, $9.5 million and $11.3 million (the “GE Loans”), the Operating Partnership entered into loan modification agreements with the lender. Pursuant to the loan modification agreements, effective as of July 1, 2011, interest will accrue on the unpaid principal balance of the GE Loans at 90-day LIBOR plus 4.00%. In addition, the loan modification agreements require the Operating Partnership to pay a prepayment fee in the amount of 2% of the amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid, if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013. The summary of the loan modification agreements is qualified in its entirety by the actual text of such agreements, copies of which have been filed as Exhibits 10.5, 10.6 and 10.7 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated by reference herein.
Item 3.02.   Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
     As previously reported, concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Company sold in a separate private placement to Six Continents Limited, an affiliate of IHG, 1,274,000 shares of common stock at a price of $9.0675 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $11.6 million. IHG and its affiliates have substantive, pre-existing relationships with the Company, and the issuance of the shares in the concurrent private placement was effected by the Company in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
     In connection with the contributions of the Class B and C membership interests in Summit of Scottsdale described above, the Operating Partnership issued an aggregate of 106,008 OP Units to The Summit Group and the unaffiliated third-party investor. The Summit Group and the unaffiliated third-party investor have substantive, pre-existing relationships with the Operating Partnership, and the issuance of the OP Units was effected in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
Item 5.02.   Departure of Directors or Certain Executive Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.
     Effective February 14, 2011, the Company entered into employment agreements with each of the Company’s named executive officers, Kerry W. Boekelheide, the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board, Daniel P. Hansen, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Craig J. Aniszewski, the Company’s Executive Vice

4


 

President and Chief Operating Officer, Stuart J. Becker, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Ryan A. Bertucci, the Company’s Vice President of Acquisitions. A summary of the material terms of these employment agreements, including the compensation to be paid to each named executive officer, appears in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Management” and is incorporated by reference herein. The summary of these employment agreements is qualified in its entirety by the actual text of the employment agreements, copies of which are filed as Exhibits 10.8 through 10.12 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated by reference herein.
     Effective February 14, 2011, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the named executive officers pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.13 and incorporated by reference herein. A summary of the material terms of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan appears in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Management” and is incorporated by reference herein. These options have an exercise price equal to $9.75 per share and will vest ratably on the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. Additional information regarding these option grants appears in the IPO Prospectus under the caption “Management” and such information is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 9.01.   Financial Statements and Exhibits.
     (a)  Financial Statements of Business Acquired . The Company previously reported the following historical financial statements of the LLC, the acquiror in the Merger and the predecessor of the Company and the Operating Partnership for financial reporting purposes, in the IPO Prospectus:
  1.   the LLC’s audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007; and
 
  2.   the LLC’s unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.
     (b)  Pro Forma Financial Information. The Company previously reported the following unaudited pro forma financial information related to the IPO, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions, including the Reorganization Transaction, in the IPO Prospectus:
  1.   the Company’s unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010;
 
  2.   the Company’s unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010; and
 
  3.   the Company’s unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     The following unaudited pro forma financial information of the Operating Partnership is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated by reference herein:
  1.   the Operating Partnership’s unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010;
 
  2.   the Operating Partnership’s unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010; and
 
  3.   the Operating Partnership’s unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     (d)  Exhibits .
     
Exhibit    
No.   Description
10.1
  First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP, dated February 14, 2011.

5


 

  10.2   Tax Protection Agreement, dated February 10, 2011, between the Operating Partnership and The Summit Group, Inc.
 
  10.3   Transition Services Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Operating Partnership and The Summit Group, Inc.
 
  10.4   Amended and Restated Hotel Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Interstate Management Company, LLC and the subsidiaries of the Company party thereto.
 
  10.5   Loan Modification Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, Summit Hotel OP, LP and GE Commercial Capital of Utah LLC (loan in the original principal amount of $11.4 million).
 
  10.6   Loan Modification Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, Summit Hotel OP, LP and GE Commercial Capital of Utah LLC (loan in the original principal amount of $9.5 million).
 
  10.7   Loan Modification Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, Summit Hotel OP, LP and GE Commercial Capital of Utah LLC (loan in the original principal amount of $11.3 million).
 
  10.8   Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Kerry W. Boekelheide.
 
  10.9   Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Daniel P. Hansen.
 
  10.10   Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Craig J. Aniszewski.
 
  10.11   Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Stuart J. Becker.
 
  10.12   Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Ryan A. Bertucci.
 
  10.13   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
  99.1   Unaudited pro forma financial information for the Operating Partnership as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009.

6


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
         
 

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
(Registrant)

 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Christopher R. Eng   
Date: February 18, 2011    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 
  SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
(Registrant)

 
 
  By:   SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC,    
    its General Partner   
     
  By:   SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.,    
    its Sole Member   
     
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Christopher R. Eng   
Date: February 18, 2011    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
   
10.1
  First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP, dated February 14, 2011.
 
   
10.2
  Tax Protection Agreement, dated February 10, 2011, between the Operating Partnership and The Summit Group, Inc.
 
   
10.3
  Transition Services Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Operating Partnership and The Summit Group, Inc.
 
   
10.4
  Amended and Restated Hotel Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Interstate Management Company, LLC and the subsidiaries of the Company party thereto.
 
   
10.5
  Loan Modification Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, Summit Hotel OP, LP and GE Commercial Capital of Utah LLC (loan in the original principal amount of $11.4 million).
 
   
10.6
  Loan Modification Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, Summit Hotel OP, LP and GE Commercial Capital of Utah LLC (loan in the original principal amount of $9.5 million).
 
   
10.7
  Loan Modification Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, Summit Hotel OP, LP and GE Commercial Capital of Utah LLC (loan in the original principal amount of $11.3 million).
 
   
10.8
  Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Kerry W. Boekelheide.
 
   
10.9
  Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Daniel P. Hansen.
 
   
10.10
  Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Craig J. Aniszewski.
 
   
10.11
  Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Stuart J. Becker.
 
   
10.12
  Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between the Company and Ryan A. Bertucci.
 
   
10.13
  Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
   
99.1
  Unaudited pro forma financial information for the Operating Partnership as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Exhibit 10.1
FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
a Delaware limited partnership
dated as of February 14, 2011

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS     1  
       
 
       
ARTICLE II FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP     11  
  2.01    
Formation of the Partnership
    11  
  2.02    
Name
    11  
  2.03    
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
    11  
  2.04    
Term and Dissolution
    11  
  2.05    
Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership
    12  
  2.06    
Certificates Describing Partnership Units
    12  
       
 
       
ARTICLE III BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP     13  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS     13  
  4.01    
Capital Contributions
    13  
  4.02    
Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units
    13  
  4.03    
Additional Funding
    16  
  4.04    
LTIP Units
    17  
  4.05    
Conversion of LTIP Units
    20  
  4.06    
Capital Accounts
    23  
  4.07    
Percentage Interests
    23  
  4.08    
No Interest on Contributions
    23  
  4.09    
Return of Capital Contributions
    24  
  4.10    
No Third-Party Beneficiary
    24  
       
 
       
ARTICLE V PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS     24  
  5.01    
Allocation of Profit and Loss
    24  
  5.02    
Distribution of Cash
    26  
  5.03    
REIT Distribution Requirements
    28  
  5.04    
No Right to Distributions in Kind
    28  
  5.05    
Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions
    28  
  5.06    
Distributions Upon Liquidation
    28  
  5.07    
Substantial Economic Effect
    28  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VI RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER     29  
  6.01    
Management of the Partnership
    29  
  6.02    
Delegation of Authority
    31  
  6.03    
Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees
    31  
  6.04    
Liability of the General Partner
    33  
  6.05    
Partnership Obligations
    34  
  6.06    
Outside Activities
    34  
  6.07    
Employment or Retention of Affiliates
    35  
  6.08    
Summit REIT’s Activities
    35  

-i-


 

                 
  6.09    
Title to Partnership Assets
    35  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VII CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER     36  
  7.01    
Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest
    36  
  7.02    
Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner
    38  
  7.03    
Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner
    38  
  7.04    
Removal of General Partner
    39  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS     40  
  8.01    
Management of the Partnership
    40  
  8.02    
Power of Attorney
    40  
  8.03    
Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners
    40  
  8.04    
Common Unit Redemption Right
    40  
  8.05    
Registration
    43  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IX TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS     48  
  9.01    
Purchase for Investment
    48  
  9.02    
Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units
    48  
  9.03    
Admission of Substitute Limited Partner
    49  
  9.04    
Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units
    50  
  9.05    
Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner
    50  
  9.06    
Joint Ownership of Partnership Units
    51  
       
 
       
ARTICLE X BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS     51  
  10.01    
Books and Records
    51  
  10.02    
Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts
    51  
  10.03    
Fiscal and Taxable Year
    52  
  10.04    
Annual Tax Information and Report
    52  
  10.05    
Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments
    52  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XI AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER     53  
  11.01    
Amendment of Agreement
    53  
  11.02    
Merger of Partnership
    54  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS     54  
  12.01    
Notices
    54  
  12.02    
Survival of Rights
    54  
  12.03    
Additional Documents
    54  
  12.04    
Severability
    54  
  12.05    
Entire Agreement
    54  
  12.06    
Pronouns and Plurals
    55  
  12.07    
Headings
    55  
  12.08    
Counterparts
    55  
  12.09    
Governing Law
    55  

-ii-


 

EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A—Partners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests
EXHIBIT B—Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
EXHIBIT C-1—Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Entities)
EXHIBIT C-2—Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Individuals)
EXHIBIT D—Notice of Election by Partner to Convert LTIP Units into Common Units
EXHIBIT E—Notice of Election by Partnership to Force Conversion of LTIP Units into Common Units

-iii-


 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
RECITALS
     Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “ Partnership ”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 30, 2010 and an Agreement of Limited Partnership entered into as of June 30, 2010 by Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Summit REIT ”), as the original general partner, and Summit REIT, as the original limited partner of the Partnership. On December 7, 2010, a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to reflect the withdrawal of Summit REIT as the original general partner of the Partnership and the admission of Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the successor general partner of the Partnership effective as of November 30, 2010. This First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership is entered into this 14 th day of February, 2011 among Summit Hotel GP, LLC (the “ General Partner ”), Summit REIT, as the original limited partner of the Partnership, and any additional Limited Partner that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership and listed on Exhibit A attached hereto.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Agreement of Limited Partnership to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS
     The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:
     “ Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time.
     “ Additional Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.
     “ Additional Securities ” means any: (1) shares of capital stock of Summit REIT now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares (“ Preferred Shares ”), (2) REIT Shares, (3) shares of capital stock of Summit REIT now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are junior in rank to the REIT Shares (“ Junior Shares ”) and (4) (i) rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, Preferred

-1-


 

Shares or Junior Shares, or (ii) indebtedness issued by Summit REIT that provides any of the rights described in clause (4)(i) of this definition (any such securities referred to in clause (4)(i) or (ii) of this definition, “ New Securities ”).
     “ Adjustment Events ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(i) hereof.
     “ Administrative Expenses ” means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner and Summit REIT, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner and Summit REIT, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner and Summit REIT, which expenses, the Partners hereby agree are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner or Summit REIT, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided , however , that Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner or Summit REIT that are attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner or Summit REIT other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
     “ Affiliate ” means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership interests, contract or otherwise.
     “ Agreed Value ” means the fair market value of a Partner’s non-cash Capital Contribution as of the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on Exhibit A , as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
     “ Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “ Articles ” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Summit REIT filed with the State Department and Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of Summit REIT.
     “ Capital Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06 hereof.
     “ Capital Account Limitation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.

-2-


 

     “ Capital Contribution ” means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.
     “ Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares Amount on the Specified Redemption Date.
     “ Certificate ” means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02 hereof) and filed for recording in the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.
     “ Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the General Partner filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Change of Control ” means, as to either the General Partner or Summit REIT, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of 80% or more of the assets of the General Partner or Summit REIT, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT; or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the membership interest of the General Partner or more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting capital stock of Summit REIT.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.
     “ Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Common Partnership Unit Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(ii) hereof.
     “ Common Redemption Amount ” means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected by Summit REIT pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof.

-3-


 

     “ Common Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the Partnership.
     “ Common Unit Economic Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
     “ Common Unit Redemption Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
     “ Common Unit Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
     “ Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
     “ Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
     “ Conversion Factor ” means a factor of 1.0, as adjusted as provided in this definition and in Section 6.08. The Conversion Factor will be adjusted in the event that Summit REIT (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares. In each of such events, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on such date and, provided further , that in the event that an entity other than an Affiliate of Summit REIT shall become General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner or Summit REIT with or into another entity (the “ Successor Entity ”), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one REIT Share is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. If, however, the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the record date, if any, but prior to the effective date of such event, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for event.
     “ Conversion Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
     “ Conversion Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.
     “ Defaulting Limited Partner ” means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership.
     “ Distributable Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d) hereof.
     “ Economic Capital Account Balances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.

-4-


 

     “ Equity Incentive Plan ” means any equity incentive or compensation plan hereafter adopted by the Partnership or Summit REIT, including, without limitation, Summit REIT’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
     “ Event of Bankruptcy ” as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within 90 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or by another, provided that if such proceeding is commenced by another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within 90 days.
     “ Excepted Holder Limit ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ Forced Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
     “ Forced Conversion Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
     “ General Partner ” means Summit Hotel GP, LLC and any person who becomes a substitute or additional General Partner as provided herein, and any of their successors as General Partner.
     “ General Partner Loan ” means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.
     “ General Partnership Interest ” means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest will be a number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute a Limited Partnership Interest.
     “ Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
     “ Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(f) hereof.
     “ Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a director of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the Partnership, the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary thereof, and (ii) such other

-5-


 

Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner, Summit REIT or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
     “ Independent Director ” means a director of Summit REIT who meets the NYSE requirements for an independent director as set forth from time to time.
     “ Junior Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities.”
     “ Limited Partner ” means any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.
     “ Limited Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of the Act. Limited Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
     “ Liquidating Gains ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
     “ LTIP Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.04 hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement in respect of holders of LTIP Units, including both vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
     “ LTIP Unitholder ” means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.
     “ Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
     “ Majority in Interest ” means Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.
     “ New Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.
     “ Notice of Redemption ” means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.
     “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.
     “ Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
     “ Offering ” means the underwritten initial public offering of REIT Shares.

-6-


 

     “ Partner ” means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
     “ Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). A Partner’s share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).
     “ Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
     “ Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by a Partner, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
     “ Partnership Loan ” means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.
     “ Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1).
     “ Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by Summit REIT for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.
     “ Partnership Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units, LTIP Units and any other class or series of Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof in accordance with the terms hereof. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by such Partnership Units are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
     “ Partnership Unit Designation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(i) hereof.
     “ Percentage Interest ” means the percentage determined by dividing the number of Partnership Units of a Partner by the sum of the number of Partnership Units of all Partners.
     “ Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity.

-7-


 

     “ Preferred Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.
     “ Profit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
     “ Property ” means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or indirectly, holds an ownership interest.
     “ Redeeming Limited Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
     “ Redemption Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
     “ Regulations ” means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and as subsequently amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Regulations shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the Regulations.
     “ REIT ” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
     “ REIT Expenses ” means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence and operation of Summit REIT and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of Summit REIT), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer or employee of Summit REIT, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by Summit REIT, and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated with any repurchase of any securities by Summit REIT, (iv) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports and communications by Summit REIT under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission, (v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by Summit REIT with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any securities exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any health, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for compensation or benefits for the employees of Summit REIT, (vii) costs and expenses incurred by Summit REIT relating to any issuance or redemption of Partnership Interests and (viii) all other operating or administrative costs of Summit REIT incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or related to the Partnership.
     “ REIT Shares ” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Summit REIT (or Successor Entity, as the case may be).
     “ REIT Shares Amount ” means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date; provided that in the event Summit REIT issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights,

-8-


 

options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “ Rights ”), and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount on the record date fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to Rights.
     “ Restriction Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(f) hereof.
     “ Rights ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” herein.
     “ Rule 144 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(c) hereof.
     “ S-3 Eligible Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) hereof.
     “ Safe Harbor Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
     “ Safe Harbor Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ Service ” means the Internal Revenue Service.
     “ Stock Ownership Limit ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.
     “ Specified Redemption Date ” means the first business day of the calendar quarter that is at least 60 calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
     “ Subsidiary Partnership ” means any partnership or limited liability company in which the General Partner, Summit REIT, the Partnership, or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner, Summit REIT or the Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.
     “ Substitute Limited Partner ” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.
     “ Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” herein.
     “ Summit REIT ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
     “ Survivor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d) hereof.
     “ Tax Matters Partner ” has the meaning set forth within Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.

-9-


 

     “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
     “ Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
     “ Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.
     “ TRS ” means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of Summit REIT.
     “ Unvested LTIP Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
     “ Value ” means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market prices of such security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation. The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by Summit REIT, or (iii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by Summit REIT, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in question, the value of the security shall be determined by Summit REIT acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the security includes any additional rights (including any Rights), then the value of such rights shall be determined by Summit REIT acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.
     “ Vested LTIP Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
     “ Vesting Agreement ” means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under an Equity Incentive Plan.
     “ Withheld Amount ” means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.

-10-


 

ARTICLE II
FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP
      2.01 Formation of the Partnership . The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
      2.02 Name . The Name of the Partnership shall be “Summit Hotel OP, LP” and the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “L.P.” or “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder.
      2.03 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office . The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company, a Delaware corporation. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6, Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. Upon such a change of the principal office of the Partnership, the General Partner shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable.
      2.04 Term and Dissolution .
          (a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
          (i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof; provided that if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;

-11-


 

          (ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership ( provided that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such installment obligations are paid in full);
          (iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited Partners; or
          (iv) the dissolution of the Partnership upon election by the General Partner.
          (b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnership’s assets and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.06 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of, or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the Partners in kind.
      2.05 Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership . The General Partner shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business.
      2.06 Certificates Describing Partnership Units . At the request of a Limited Partner, the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following effect:
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH (A) THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (B) ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.

-12-


 

ARTICLE III
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
     The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit Summit REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless Summit REIT otherwise ceases to, or the Board of Directors determines, pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Articles, that Summit REIT shall no longer, qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting Summit REIT’s right in its sole and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the status of Summit REIT as a REIT and the avoidance of income and excise taxes on Summit REIT inures to the benefit of all the Partners and not solely to the General Partner or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited Partners agree that Summit REIT may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT under the Code at any time. Summit REIT shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
      4.01 Capital Contributions . The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units.
      4.02 Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units . Except as provided in this Section 4.02 or in Section 4.03 hereof, the Partners shall have no right or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in the manner contemplated in this Section 4.02.
          (a)  Issuances of Additional Partnership Units .
          (i) General . As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership shall have two classes of Partnership Units, entitled “Common Units” and “LTIP Units.” The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the

-13-


 

approval of any Limited Partners. The General Partner’s determination that consideration is adequate shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration relates to whether the Partnership Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional Partnership Units issued thereby may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to the then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the Limited Partners, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law that cannot be preempted by the terms hereof and as set forth in a written document hereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement (each, a “ Partnership Unit Designation ”), including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided , however , that no additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) unless:
          (1) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, Summit REIT, which REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02 and (B) the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the cash consideration received by Summit REIT from the issuance of such REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in Summit REIT;
          (2) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, Summit REIT pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by Summit REIT, which REIT Shares, capital stock or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02, (B) if Summit REIT allows the holders of its REIT Shares to elect whether to receive such dividend in REIT Shares or other capital stock of or, other interests in Summit REIT or cash, the Partnership will give the Limited Partners (excluding the General Partner, Summit REIT or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) the same election to elect to receive (I) Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the

-14-


 

election of Summit REIT, REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in Summit REIT or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;
          (3) the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned by the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Units; or
          (4) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the Partnership. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Units, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A as appropriate to reflect such issuance.
          (ii) Upon Issuance of Additional Securities . Summit REIT shall not issue any Additional Securities (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or REIT Shares or other capital stock of or other interests in Summit REIT issued in connection with a taxable stock dividend as described in Section 4.02(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights other than to all holders of REIT Shares, Preferred Shares, Junior Shares, or New Securities, as the case may be, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) Partnership Units or Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes the proceeds from the issuance of such Additional Securities and from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership; provided , however , that Summit REIT is allowed to issue Additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by Summit REIT, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional Securities have been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Without limiting the foregoing, Summit REIT is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of Summit REIT, the General Partner and the Partnership and (y) Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly

-15-


 

owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes all proceeds from such issuance to the Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to a stock purchase plan providing for purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to stock awards, including stock options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other stock awards approved by the Board of Directors. For example, in the event Summit REIT issues REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), contributes all of the proceeds of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall be issued a number of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares issued by Summit REIT, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
          (b)  Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares . In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the proceeds therefrom, provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then Summit REIT, directly or through the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or another direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT), shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by Summit REIT, and the Partnership shall be deemed simultaneously to have reimbursed such discount, commissions, placement fees and expenses as an Administrative Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.05(b).
          (c)  Repurchases of Summit REIT Securities . If Summit REIT shall repurchase shares of any class or series of its capital stock, the purchase price thereof and all costs incurred in connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to Summit REIT by the Partnership pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof and the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to redeem an equivalent number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Summit REIT) (which, in the case of REIT Shares, shall be a number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares divided by the Conversion Factor).
      4.03 Additional Funding . If the General Partner determines that it is in the best interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds (“ Additional Funds ”) for

-16-


 

any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.
      4.04 LTIP Units .
          (a)  Issuance of LTIP Units . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership, the General Partner or Summit REIT for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners. Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the Partners’ Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Unit holders and LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units. In particular, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and Common Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes, including, without limitation, complying with the following procedures:
          (i) If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between Common Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be “ Adjustment Events ”: (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Units into a greater number of units or combines the outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding Common Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Units. If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business Common Unit Transaction, (y) the issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of Additional Securities by Summit REIT. If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Common Units other than actions specifically described above as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by any Equity Incentive Plan and Vesting Agreement, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units, as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive

-17-


 

evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly after filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall deliver a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; provided, however, the failure to deliver such notice shall not invalidate the adjustment or the authority granted hereunder, and
          (ii) The LTIP Unitholders shall, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Unit (the “ Common Partnership Unit Distribution ”), paid to holders of Common Units on such Partnership Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such distribution. So long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on Common Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units.
          (b)  Priority . Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04, the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof and any Vesting Agreement, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the Common Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of Partnership Units which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the Common Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, an LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject to the same restrictions as holders of Common Units are entitled to transfer their Common Units pursuant to Article IX.
          (c)  Special Provisions . LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:
          (i) Vesting Agreements . LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Equity Incentive Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under the terms of a Vesting Agreement are referred to as “ Vested LTIP Units ”; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “ Unvested LTIP Units .”
          (ii) Forfeiture . Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in either the right of the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership or the General Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable Vesting Agreement, the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose.

-18-


 

Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture. In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance contemplated by Section 5.01(g) hereof, calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any.
          (iii) Allocations . LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to certain special allocations of gain under Section 5.01(g) hereof.
          (iv) Redemption . The Common Unit Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 8.04 hereof shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to Common Units as provided in clause (v) below and Section 4.05 hereof.
          (v) Conversion to Common Units . Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into Common Units in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof.
          (d)  Voting . LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Units, with all Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Common Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (b) have the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below. So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the LTIP Units (Vested LTIP Units and Unvested LTIP Units) outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to materially and adversely affect (as determined in good faith by the General Partner) any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the holders of Common Units; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:
          (i) With respect to any Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof), so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 4.05(f) hereof, the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and
          (ii) Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Units or LTIP Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.

-19-


 

     The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into Common Units.
      4.05 Conversion of LTIP Units .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.05, an LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “ Conversion Right ”), at such holder’s option, at any time to convert all or a portion of such holder’s Vested LTIP Units into Common Units; provided, however , that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than 1,000 Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Common Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided , however , that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause such LTIP Unitholder’s Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition. The General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 4.05.
          (b) A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the Common Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “ Capital Account Limitation ”).
     In order to exercise the Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”) in the form attached as Exhibit D to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the “ Conversion Date ”) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided , however , that if the General Partner has not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof) at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth day after such notice from the General Partner of a Common Unit Transaction or (y) the third Trading Day immediately preceding the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 4.05(b) shall be free and clear of all liens. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof relating to those Common Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the redemption of such Common Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted

-20-


 

that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if such holder so wishes, the Common Units into which such holder’s Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be tendered to the Partnership for redemption simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if Summit REIT elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such Common Units under Section 8.04(b) hereof by delivering to such holder the REIT Shares Amount, then such holder can have the REIT Shares Amount issued to such holder simultaneously with the conversion of such holder’s Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. The General Partner and LTIP Unitholder shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate the timing of the events described in the foregoing sentence.
          (c) The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “ Forced Conversion ”) into an equal number of Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof; provided , however , that the Partnership may not cause Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.05(b) hereof. In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “ Forced Conversion Notice ”) in the form attached as Exhibit E to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof and shall be revocable by the General Partner at any time prior to the Forced Conversion.
          (d) A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such person immediately after such conversion. The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.05 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.
          (e) For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.01(g) hereof and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Common Unit Economic Balance.
          (f) If the Partnership, the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be a party to any Common Unit Transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or substantially all Common Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any Common Unit Transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the

-21-


 

holders of Common Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “ Common Unit Transaction ”), then the General Partner shall, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement, exercise immediately prior to the Common Unit Transaction its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Common Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Common Unit Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Common Unit Transaction).
     In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Common Unit Transaction in consideration for the Common Units into which such LTIP Unitholder’s Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Units, assuming such holder of Common Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “ Constituent Person ”), or an affiliate of a Constituent Person. In the event that holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, prior to such Common Unit Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common Units in connection with such Common Unit Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such LTIP Unitholder (or by any of such LTIP Unitholder’s transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Unit would receive if such Common Unit holder failed to make such an election.
     Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any Vesting Agreement and any Equity Incentive Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the terms of any Common Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section 4.05(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Units in connection with the Common Unit Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Common Unit Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Common Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.

-22-


 

      4.06 Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes to a Partner more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a de minimis Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner shall revalue the property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); provided that the issuance of any LTIP Unit shall be deemed to require a revaluation pursuant to this Section 4.06. When the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the revaluation. In making those adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners occurring during any taxable year in which this Agreement is effective, the General Partner shall allocate the adjustments, to the extent possible and in its sole and absolute discretion, to cause the Capital Account attributable to each Common Unit to be equal in amount; provided that the General Partner shall not make any allocation that could cause any holder of Partnership Units to recognize income or gain for federal income tax purposes.
      4.07 Percentage Interests . If the number of outstanding Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partner’s Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units, as applicable, outstanding after giving effect to such increase or decrease. If the Partners’ Percentage Interests are adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.07, the Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs shall be allocated between the part of the year ending on the day when the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner and the part of the year beginning on the following day either (i) as if the taxable year had ended on the date of the adjustment or (ii) based on the number of days in each part. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year shall be based on the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.
      4.08 No Interest on Contributions . No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution.

-23-


 

      4.09 Return of Capital Contributions . No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.
      4.10 No Third-Party Beneficiary . No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.03(h), shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any of the Partners. In addition, it is the intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a return of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership.
ARTICLE V
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
      5.01 Allocation of Profit and Loss .
          (a)  Profit . Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
          (b)  Loss . Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
          (c)  Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a “nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners’ respective Percentage Interests, (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a “partner nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the “economic risk of loss” of such deduction in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1), (iii) if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations

-24-


 

Section 1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partner’s share of the nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be in accordance with a Partner’s Percentage Interest.
          (d)  Qualified Income Offset . If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partner’s Capital Account that exceeds the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.01(d).
          (e)  Capital Account Deficits . Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partner’s Capital Account (after reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) to exceed the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated to the General Partner under this Section 5.01(e).
          (f)  Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If a Partner transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnership’s fiscal year had ended on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the transferee Partner.
          (g)  Special Allocations Regarding LTIP Units . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.01(a) and (b) hereof, Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders until their Economic Capital Account Balances, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of their LTIP Units. For this purpose, “ Liquidating Gains ” means net capital

-25-


 

gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code. The “ Economic Capital Account Balances ” of the LTIP Unit holders will be equal to their Capital Account balances to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. Similarly, the “ Common Unit Economic Balance ” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of Summit REIT, plus the amount of Summit REIT’s share of any Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to Summit REIT’s direct or indirect ownership of Common Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.01(g), divided by (ii) the number of Common Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT. Any such allocations shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 5.01(g). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.01(g) is to make the Capital Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit to be economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance associated with Common Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT (on a per-Unit basis).
          (h)  Definition of Profit and Loss . “ Profit ” and “ Loss ” and any items of income, gain, expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 5.01(c), (d)or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense (and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.01, except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.
      5.02 Distribution of Cash .
          (a) Subject to Sections 5.02(c), (d) and (e) hereof and to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, the Partnership shall distribute cash at such times and in such amounts as are determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter (or other distribution period) in proportion with their respective Common Units on the Partnership Record Date.
          (b) In accordance with Section 4.04(a)(ii), the LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the Common Partnership Unit Distribution.
          (c) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date (other than Partnership Units acquired by the General Partner or Summit REIT (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT ) in connection with the

-26-


 

issuance of additional REIT Shares or Additional Securities), the cash distribution attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to (i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to (ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding Partnership Record Date.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner (the “ Distributable Amount ”) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.
     Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section 5.02(d) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.
          (e) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend or other distribution of cash as the holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be redeemed.

-27-


 

      5.03 REIT Distribution Requirements . The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable Summit REIT to pay distributions to its stockholders that will allow Summit REIT to (i) meet its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the extent Summit REIT elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.
      5.04 No Right to Distributions in Kind . No Partner shall be entitled to demand property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.
      5.05 Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a Partner’s Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnership’s assets.
      5.06 Distributions Upon Liquidation .
          (a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.
          (b) For purposes of Section 5.06(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof resulting from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the Partnership’s assets.
          (c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall be made by the end of the Partnership’s taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.
      5.07 Substantial Economic Effect . It is the intent of the Partners that the allocations of Profit and Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with the Partners’ interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

-28-


 

ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
      6.01 Management of the Partnership .
          (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:
          (i) to acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;
          (ii) to construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or leased by the Partnership;
          (iii) to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units) of the Partnership;
          (iv) to borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
          (v) to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, all operating costs and general administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;
          (vi) to guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
          (vii) to use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment, either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and administrative expenses of Summit REIT, the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the foregoing, to third parties or to Summit REIT or the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement;

-29-


 

          (viii) to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnership’s assets, whether or not the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether or not any portion of the Partnership’s assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee, or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine and to further lease property from third parties, including ground leases;
          (ix) to prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner may determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the Partners, the Partnership or the Partnership’s assets;
          (x) to file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnership’s assets or any other aspect of the Partnership’s business;
          (xi) to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any taxing authority;
          (xii) to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;
          (xiii) to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;
          (xiv) to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to hire and dismiss employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and to retain legal counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and to pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
          (xv) to retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership business, and to pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
          (xvi) to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;
          (xvii) to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;
          (xviii) to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;

-30-


 

          (xix) to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity interest from time to time);
          (xx) to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures, contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;
          (xxi) to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;
          (xxii) to enter into and perform obligations under underwriting or other agreements in connection with issuances of securities by the Partnership or the General Partner or any affiliate thereof;
          (xxiii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code or an “investment company” or a subsidiary of an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
          (xxiv) to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with allowing Summit REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT unless Summit REIT voluntarily terminates or revokes its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.
          (b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
      6.02 Delegation of Authority . The General Partner may delegate any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.
      6.03 Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees .
          (a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims,

-31-


 

demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.03(a). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
          (b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
          (c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.03 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.
          (d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
          (e) For purposes of this Section 6.03, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 6.03; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
          (f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

-32-


 

          (g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.03 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
          (h) The provisions of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
          (i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.03 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the Partnership under this Section 6.03 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
      6.04 Liability of the General Partner .
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner, nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides by the terms of this Agreement.
          (b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and Summit REIT’s stockholders collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of some, but not all, of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of Summit REIT on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of Summit REIT or the Limited Partners; provided , however , that for so long as the General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of Summit REIT or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the stockholders of Summit REIT. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners in connection with such decisions.
          (c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.01 hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or

-33-


 

through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of Summit REIT to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent Summit REIT from incurring any taxes under Section 857, Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
          (e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.04 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s or any of its officers’, directors’, agents’ or employees’ liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
      6.05 Partnership Obligations .
          (a) Except as provided in this Section 6.05 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
          (b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure (including Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made other than out of the funds of the Partnership. All reimbursements hereunder shall be characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner or Summit REIT.
      6.06 Outside Activities . Subject to Section 6.08 hereof, the Certificate of Formation and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or member of the General Partner, the General Partner, Summit REIT and any stockholder of Summit REIT shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner and Summit REIT shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.

-34-


 

      6.07 Employment or Retention of Affiliates .
          (a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and reasonable.
          (b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.
          (c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
      6.08 Summit REIT’s Activities . Summit REIT agrees that, generally, all business activities of Summit REIT, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development, ownership of or investment in hotel properties or other property, shall be conducted through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiaries of the Partnership; provided , however , that Summit REIT may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by Summit REIT or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. If, at any time, Summit REIT acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership) without transferring such assets to the Partnership, the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” may be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of a REIT Share attributable to Partnership Units directly or indirectly owned by Summit REIT and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.
      6.09 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, Summit REIT or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner or Summit REIT. Summit REIT hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or Summit REIT or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner or Summit REIT shall be held by the General Partner or Summit REIT for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner or Summit REIT shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

-35-


 

ARTICLE VII
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
      7.01 Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest .
          (a) Other than to an Affiliate of Summit REIT, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in or in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections 7.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.
          (b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in the aggregate at least 0.1%.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01(d) or (e) hereof, neither the General Partner nor Summit REIT shall engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in the General Partner’s state of organization or organizational form or Summit REIT’s state of incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of Control of the General Partner or Summit REIT (a “ Transaction ”), unless at least one of the following conditions is met:
          (i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) is obtained;
          (ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share, provided that if, in connection with such Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer (“ Offer ”) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership Units (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) shall be given the option to exchange its Partnership Units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such Limited Partner would have received had it (A) exercised its Common Unit Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares received upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or
          (iii) either the General Partner or Summit REIT, as applicable, is the surviving entity in the Transaction and either (A) the holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities or other property in the Transaction or (B) all Limited Partners

-36-


 

(other than the General Partner, Summit REIT, and any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, and, in the case of LTIP Unitholders, subject to the terms of any applicable Equity Incentive Plan or Vesting Agreement) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the Transaction by any holder of REIT Shares.
          (d) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c) hereof, either of the General Partner or Summit REIT, as applicable, may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “ Survivor ”), other than Partnership Units held directly or indirectly by the General Partner or Summit REIT, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units, or for economically equivalent partnership interests issued by a Subsidiary Partnership established at the direction of the Board of Directors, with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner and Summit REIT hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Survivor shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 7.01(d). The Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount, the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been exchanged immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The Survivor also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such amendments to Section 8.04 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set forth in Section 8.04 hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this Section 7.01(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
     In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, each of the General Partner and Summit REIT is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary thereof) to recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the occurrence of, or their participation in, such transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with and subject in all respects to the exercise of the Board of Directors’ fiduciary duties to the stockholders of Summit REIT under applicable law.

-37-


 

          (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,
          (i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and
          (ii) Summit REIT may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which the REIT Shares are listed or traded.
      7.02 Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner . A Person shall be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
          (a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other actions required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been performed;
          (b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
          (c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability.
      7.03 Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner .
          (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof. The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal, dissolution or removal of the General Partner.

-38-


 

          (b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners, within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the balance of the term specified in Section 2.04 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.02 hereof and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the Partnership and admit a substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this Agreement.
      7.04 Removal of General Partner .
          (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided , however , that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not remove the General Partner, with or without cause.
          (b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.04 and the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.03(b) hereof and otherwise be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. At the time of assignment, the removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner. Such fair market value shall be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) within ten days following the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an appraiser. Each such appraiser shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partner’s removal, and the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals; provided , however , that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later than 40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third appraiser who shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals closest in value.

-39-


 

          (c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after default until transfer under Section 7.04(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special Limited Partner; provided , however , such removed General Partner shall not have any rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer is effective pursuant to Section 7.04(b) hereof.
          (d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.04.
ARTICLE VIII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
      8.01 Management of the Partnership . The Limited Partners shall not participate in the management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. The Limited Partners covenant and agree not to hold themselves out in a manner that could reasonably be considered in contravention of the terms hereof by any third party.
      8.02 Power of Attorney . Each Limited Partner by entry into this Agreement through execution, execution by power of attorney or other consent, hereby irrevocably appoints the General Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and all amendments or restatements thereof) as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its Partnership Interest.
      8.03 Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.
      8.04 Common Unit Redemption Right .
          (a) Subject to Sections 8.04(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units (including any LTIP Units that are converted into Common Units) held by them,

-40-


 

each Limited Partner (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT, shall have the right (the “ Common Unit Redemption Right ”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to and in the form of the Common Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership, provided that (i) such Common Units shall have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion), and (ii) subject to any restriction agreed to in writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit Redemption Right (the “ Redeeming Limited Partner ”) and such notice shall be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. In such event, the Partnership shall deliver the Cash Amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Common Unit Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to cause Summit REIT to purchase the Common Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof. No Limited Partner may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any distribution paid with respect to Common Units if the record date for such distribution is on or after the Specified Redemption Date.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof, if a Limited Partner exercises the Common Unit Redemption Right by delivering to the Partnership a Notice of Redemption, then the Partnership may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to cause Summit REIT to purchase directly and acquire some or all of, and in such event Summit REIT agrees to purchase and acquire, such Common Units by paying to the Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by Summit REIT (in its sole and absolute discretion) on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon Summit REIT shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Limited Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Units.
     In the event Summit REIT purchases Common Units with respect to the exercise of a Common Unit Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of such Common Unit Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the Partnership and Summit REIT shall treat the transaction between Summit REIT and the Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited Partner’s Common Units to Summit REIT. Each Redeeming Limited Partner agrees to execute such documents as Summit REIT may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.
     Each Redeeming Limited Partner covenants and agrees that all Common Units subject to a Notice of Redemption will be delivered to the Partnership or Summit REIT free and clear of all

-41-


 

liens, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and should any such liens, claims or encumbrances exist or arise with respect to such Common Units, neither the Partnership nor Summit REIT shall be under any obligation to acquire such Common Units.
          (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.04(a) and 8.04(b) hereof, a Limited Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by Summit REIT pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof (regardless of whether or not Summit REIT would in fact purchase the Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as defined in the Articles) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit or any Excepted Holder Limit (each as defined in the Articles) and calculated in accordance therewith, except as provided in the Articles, (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), (iii) result in Summit REIT being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause Summit REIT to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of Summit REIT’s, the Partnership’s or a Subsidiary Partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise cause Summit REIT to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified lodging facility” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Limited Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Summit REIT, in its sole and absolute discretion, may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this Section 8.04(c).
          (d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided , however , that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90 days to the extent required for Summit REIT to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to provide financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Any REIT Share Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided , however , that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 180 days to the extent required for Summit REIT to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit REIT agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of redeemed Common Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.
          (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state, local or foreign law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is

-42-


 

exempt from such withholding upon the exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such Partner must furnish the General Partner with a FIRPTA Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 or Exhibit C-2 , as applicable, and any similar forms or certificates required to avoid or reduce the withholding under federal, state, local or foreign law or such other form as the General Partner may reasonably request. If the Partnership, Summit REIT or the General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the Common Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the Common Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not receive any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall contribute the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership before the Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.
          (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may place appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary or reasonable to ensure that the Partnership does not constitute a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary, the General Partner shall give prompt written notice thereof (a “ Restriction Notice ”) to each of the Limited Partners, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the Partnership that states that, in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or reasonable in order to avoid the Partnership being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
      8.05 Registration . Subject to the terms of any agreement between the General Partner and a Limited Partner with respect to Common Units held by such Limited Partner:
          (a)  Shelf Registration of the REIT Shares . Following the date on which Summit REIT becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities under the Securities Act (the “ S-3 Eligible Date ”) Summit REIT shall file with the Commission a shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “ Registration Statement ”), or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, covering (i) the issuance of REIT Shares issuable upon redemption of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner as of the date of this Agreement (“ Redemption Shares ”) and/or (ii) the resale by the holder of the Redemption Shares; provided , however , that Summit REIT shall be required to file only two such registrations in any 12-month period. In connection therewith, Summit REIT will:
          (1) use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective;
          (2) register or qualify the Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as required by law, and do such other reasonable acts and things as may be required of it to enable such holders to consummate the sale or other disposition in

-43-


 

such jurisdictions of the Redemption Shares; provided , however , that Summit REIT shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or consent to a general or unlimited service or process in any jurisdictions in which it would not otherwise be required to be qualified or so consent or (ii) qualify as a dealer in securities; and
          (3) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission in connection with a Registration Statement.
     Summit REIT further agrees to supplement or make amendments to each Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form utilized by Summit REIT or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for such Registration Statement. Each Limited Partner agrees to furnish to Summit REIT, upon request, such information with respect to the Limited Partner as may be required to complete and file the Registration Statement.
     In connection with and as a condition to Summit REIT’s obligations with respect to the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 8.05, each Limited Partner agrees with Summit REIT that:
          (w) it will provide in a timely manner to Summit REIT such information with respect to the Limited Partner as reasonably required to complete the Registration Statement or as otherwise required to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations;
          (x) it will not offer or sell its Redemption Shares until (A) such Redemption Shares have been included in a Registration Statement and (B) it has received notice that the Registration Statement covering such Redemption Shares, or any post-effective amendment thereto, has been declared effective by the Commission, such notice to have been satisfied by the posting by the Commission on www.sec.gov of a notice of effectiveness;
          (y) if Summit REIT determines in its good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel, that the use of the Registration Statement, including any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, or the use of any prospectus contained in such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of important information that Summit REIT has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which, in the judgment of Summit REIT, would impede Summit REIT’s ability to consummate a significant transaction, upon written notice of such determination by Summit REIT (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws), the rights of each Limited Partner to offer, sell or distribute its Redemption Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or prospectus or to require Summit REIT to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Redemption Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement (including any action contemplated by this Section 8.05) will be suspended until the date upon which Summit REIT notifies such Limited Partner in writing (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the

-44-


 

Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws) that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this paragraph is no longer necessary; provided , however , that Summit REIT may not suspend such rights for an aggregate period of more than 180 days in any 12-month period; and
          (z) in the case of the registration of any underwritten equity offering proposed by Summit REIT (other than any registration by Summit REIT on Form S-8, or a successor or substantially similar form, of an employee stock option, stock purchase or compensation plan or of securities issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan, each Limited Partner will agree, if requested in writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters administering such offering, not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of any REIT Shares or Redemption Shares (or any option or right to acquire REIT Shares or Redemption Shares) during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of the registration statement covering such underwritten primary equity offering or, if such offering shall be a “take-down” from an effective shelf registration statement, the tenth day prior to the expected commencement date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of such offering, and ending on the date specified by such managing underwriter in such written request to the Limited Partners; provided , however , that no Limited Partner shall be required to agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of its Redemption Shares for a period of time that is longer than the greater of 90 days or the period of time for which any senior executive of Summit REIT is required so to agree in connection with such offering. Nothing in this paragraph shall be read to limit the ability of any Limited Partner to redeem its Common Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          (b)  Listing on Securities Exchange . If Summit REIT lists or maintains the listing of REIT Shares on any securities exchange or national market system, it shall, at its expense and as necessary to permit the registration and sale of the Redemption Shares hereunder, list thereon, maintain and, when necessary, increase such listing to include such Redemption Shares.
          (c)  Registration Not Required . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Summit REIT shall not be required to file or maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to Redemption Shares after the first date upon which, in the opinion of counsel to Summit REIT, all of the Redemption Shares covered thereby could be sold by the holders thereof either (i) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereto (“Rule 144”) without limitation as to amount or manner of sale or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 in one transaction in accordance with the volume limitations contained in Rule 144(e).
          (d)  Allocation of Expenses . The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with the Registration Statement, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to filing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (ii) registration fees, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) accounting and legal fees and expenses, except to the extent holders of Redemption Shares elect to engage accountants or attorneys in addition to the accountants and attorneys engaged by Summit REIT or the Partnership, which fees and expenses for such accountants or attorneys shall be for the account of the holders of the Redemption Shares, (v) accounting expenses incident to or required by any such registration or qualification and

-45-


 

(vi) expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions in connection with such registration or qualification; provided , however , neither the Partnership nor Summit REIT shall be liable for (A) any discounts or commissions to any underwriter or broker attributable to the sale of Redemption Shares, or (B) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of Redemption Shares in connection with such registration that, according to the written instructions of any regulatory authority, the Partnership or Summit REIT is not permitted to pay.
          (e)  Indemnification .
          (i) In connection with the Registration Statement, the General Partner and the Partnership agree to indemnify each holder of Redemption Shares and each Person who controls any such holder of Redemption Shares within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus (as amended or supplemented if Summit REIT shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or caused by any omission or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by any untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission based upon information furnished to Summit REIT by the Limited Partner of the holder for use therein. Summit REIT and each officer, director and controlling person of Summit REIT and the Partnership shall be indemnified by each Limited Partner or holder of Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement for all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or any omission, or alleged omission, based upon information furnished to Summit REIT by the Limited Partner or the holder for use therein.
          (ii) Promptly upon receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 8.05(e) of notice of the commencement of any action against such indemnified party in respect of which indemnity or reimbursement may be sought against any indemnifying party under this Section 8.05(e), such indemnified party shall notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8.05(e) unless such failure shall materially adversely affect the defense of such action. In case notice of commencement of any such action shall be given to the indemnifying party as above provided, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be paid by the indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action

-46-


 

(including any impleaded parties) have been advised by such counsel that representation of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct (in which case the indemnified party shall have the right to separate counsel and the indemnifying party shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel, provided that, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for more than one separate counsel). No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding entered into without its consent.
          (f)  Contribution .
          (i) If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 8.05(e) hereof are either unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the party that would otherwise be required to provide indemnification or the indemnifying party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in respect of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the party that would otherwise be entitled to indemnification or the indemnified party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.05(f), the “ Indemnified Party ”) as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expense, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party.
          (ii) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8.05(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No person or entity determined to have committed a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          (iii) The contribution provided for in this Section 8.05(f) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

-47-


 

ARTICLE IX
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
      9.01 Purchase for Investment .
          (a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the acquisition of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General Partner set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof.
      9.02 Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.02(b) and (c) hereof, no Limited Partner may offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partner’s economic rights as a Limited Partner, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that the term Transfer does not include (a) any redemption of Common Units by the Partnership or Summit REIT, or acquisition of Common Units by Summit REIT, pursuant to Section 8.04 or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, cost of legal counsel).
          (b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted Transfer ( i.e. , a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.05 hereof) of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units pursuant to this Article IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partner’s Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partner’s Common Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
          (c) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability standards).
          (d) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation

-48-


 

(other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of Summit REIT to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject Summit REIT to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, (iii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such Transfer, along or in connection with other Transfers, could cause the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, provided that the General Partner may presume that any proposed Transfer of Partnership Units during calendar year 2011 will cause the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable on a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)“or (iv) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer is reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to fail to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described in Section 7704(c) of the Code.
          (e) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General Partner or the Partnership.
          (f) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and other documents as the General Partner shall request in connection with such Transfer.
      9.03 Admission of Substitute Limited Partner .
          (a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the satisfactory completion of the following:
          (i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised Exhibit A , and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.
          (ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance with the Act.
          (iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.01(b) hereof.
          (iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust, the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence

-49-


 

satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee’s authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
          (v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.
          (vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution as a Limited Partner.
          (vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in the exercise of the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.
          (b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section 9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.
          (c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.03 and making all official filings and publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.
      9.04 Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 hereof, except as required by operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received notice thereof.
          (b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its Partnership Units.
      9.05 Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner . The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if such Limited Partner dies, such Limited Partner’s executor, administrator or trustee, or, if such Limited Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partner’s committee,

-50-


 

guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or managing such Limited Partner’s estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.
      9.06 Joint Ownership of Partnership Units . A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship, provided that such individuals either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit; provided , however , that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received certificated notice of such death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Unit to be divided into two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former owners.
ARTICLE X
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
      10.01 Books and Records . At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnership’s specified office true and complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including: (a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of the Certificate Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to a copy of such records if reasonably requested.
      10.02 Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts .
          (a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General Partner may, from time to time, determine.
          (b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person other than the General Partner except for such

-51-


 

commingling as may necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies permitted by this Section 10.02(b).
      10.03 Fiscal and Taxable Year . The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
      10.04 Annual Tax Information and Report . Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partner’s individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.
      10.05 Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments .
          (a) The General Partner shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Partnership. As Tax Matters Partner, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and required, respectively, by the Code for the Tax Matters Partner. The General Partner shall have the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the Service and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the event the General Partner receives notice of a final Partnership adjustment under Section 6223(a)(2) of the Code, the General Partner shall either (i) file a court petition for judicial review of such final adjustment within the period provided under Section 6226(a) of the Code, a copy of which petition shall be mailed to all Limited Partners on the date such petition is filed, or (ii) mail a written notice to all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes the General Partner’s reasons for determining not to file such a petition.
          (b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
          (c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner, the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing, maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect to such election.
          (d) The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an election (the “ Safe Harbor Election ”) to have the “liquidation value” safe harbor provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the “ Safe Harbor ”), apply to any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the Safe Harbor Election remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively, such interests are referred to as “ Safe Harbor

-52-


 

Interests ”). The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and directed to execute and file the Safe Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the Partners. The Partnership and the Partners (including any person to whom an interest in the Partnership is transferred in connection with the performance of services) hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including forfeiture allocations) with respect to all Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S. federal income tax returns reporting the tax consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe Harbor guidance. The Partnership is also authorized to take such actions as are necessary to achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that the election and compliance with all requirements of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
          (e) Each Limited Partner shall be required to provide such information as reasonably requested by the Partnership in order to determine whether such Limited Partner (i) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), five percent (5%) or more of the of the value of the Partnership or (ii) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), ten percent (10%) or more of (a) the stock, by voting power or value, of a tenant (other than a “taxable REIT subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code) of the Partnership that is a corporation or (b) the assets or net profits of a tenant of the Partnership that is a noncorporate entity.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER
      11.01 Amendment of Agreement .
     The General Partner’s consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any respect; provided , however , that the following amendments shall require the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner):
          (a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the Limited Partners in any material respect;
          (b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
          (c) any amendment that would alter the Partnership’s allocations of Profit and Loss to the Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
          (d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or

-53-


 

          (e) any amendment to this Article XI.
      11.02 Merger of Partnership .
     The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may (i) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner, Summit REIT or any Subsidiary of the General Partner or Summit REIT) receives consideration as set forth in Section 7.01(c)(ii) hereof or the transaction complies with Sections 7.01(c)(iii) or 7.01(d) hereof and may amend this Agreement in connection with any such transaction consistent with the provisions of this Article XI; provided , however , that the consent of a Majority in Interest shall be required in the case of any other (a) merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (b) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.
ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
      12.01 Notices . All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, by email, by press release, by posting on the Web site of the General Partner, or upon deposit in the United States mail, registered, first-class postage prepaid return receipt requested, or via courier to the Partners at the addresses set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time; provided , however , that any Partner may specify a different address by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices to the General Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its principal office address set forth in Section 2.03 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a different address by notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.
      12.02 Survival of Rights . Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and their permitted respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
      12.03 Additional Documents . Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary, appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.
      12.04 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the severed provision shall be interpreted or modified so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
      12.05 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and

-54-


 

contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof.
      12.06 Pronouns and Plurals . When the context in which words are used in the Agreement indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.
      12.07 Headings . The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular Article.
      12.08 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by hand or by power of attorney in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
      12.09 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
[ Signature page follows. ]

-55-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the 14 th day of February, 2011.
         
  GENERAL PARTNER:

SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,    
    a Maryland corporation, its Sole Member   
       
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Executive Chairman   
 
  LIMITED PARTNER:

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Executive Chairman   
 
Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP

 


 

         
  LIMITED PARTNER:

THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC.
a South Dakota corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Executive Chairman   
 
Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP

 


 

         
  LIMITED PARTNER:

 
 
  By:   /s/ Gary Tharaldson    
       GARY THARALDSON   
          
 
Signature Page to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Summit Hotel OP, LP

 


 

EXHIBIT A
(As of February 14, 2011)
                 
    Partnership Units    
Name and Address of Partner   (Type and Amount)   Percentage Interest
 
               
GENERAL PARTNER:
               
 
               
Summit Hotel GP, LLC
c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
  37,378 Common Units     0.1000 %
 
               
LIMITED PARTNERS:
               
 
               
Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
  27,240,622 Common Units     72.8788 %
 
               
Other Limited Partners listed on
Schedule 1 attached hereto and
incorporated by reference herein
  10,100,000 Common Units     27.0212 %
 
               
TOTAL:
  37,378,000 Common Units     100 %
Exhibit A-1

 


 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit A
Exhibit A-2

 


 

EXHIBIT B
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT
     In accordance with Section 8.04 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended (the “Agreement”) of Summit Hotel OP, LP, the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption ________ Common Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Common Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.04 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units and all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares (as defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights and interests of any person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power and authority to cause the redemption of the Common Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve the Common Units for redemption.
         
Dated:                                            
       
 
       
Name of Limited Partner:
 
 
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
(Signature of Limited Partner or Authorized
Representative)
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
(Mailing Address)
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
(City) (State) (Zip Code)
   
 
       
 
       
 
  Signature Guaranteed by:    
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:
Name:
Please insert Social Security or Identifying Number:
Exhibit B-1

 


 

EXHIBIT C-1
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)
     Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit Hotel GP, LLC (the “General Partner”) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to the redemption by ____________ (“Partner”) of its Common Units in the Partnership, the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Partner:
1.   Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate, as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
2.   Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).
3. The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is ____________.
4.   The principal business address of Partner is: _________________________, __________________________ and Partner’s place of incorporation is ____________.
5.   Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
6.   Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
         
  PARTNER:
 
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit C-1-1

 


 

Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.
         
     
Date:                               
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit C-1-2

 


 

EXHIBIT C-2
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)
     Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Summit Hotel GP, LLC (the “General Partner”) and Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to my redemption of my Common Units in the Partnership, I, ___________, hereby certify the following:
1. I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
2. My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is ____________.
3. My home address is: _____________________.
4.   I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
5.   I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
         
     
        
    Name:      
       
 
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.
         
     
Date:                               
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Exhibit C-2-1

 


 

EXHIBIT D
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
     The undersigned holder of LTIP Units hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) set forth below into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent to or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such conversion.
             
Name of Holder:
           
    (Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
           
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:    
 
           
Date of this Notice:        

 
     (Signature of Holder: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 
     (Street Address)
     
 
         
(City)   (State)   (Zip Code)
     
Signature Guaranteed by:
   
 
   
Exhibit D-1

 


 

EXHIBIT E
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION OF
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
     Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Partnership”) hereby elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the holder of LTIP Units set forth below to be converted into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended, effective as of ____________ (the “Conversion Date”).
             
Name of Holder:
           
    (Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
 
           
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:    
 
           
Date of this Notice:        
Exhibit E-1

 

Exhibit 10.2
TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
THIS TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2011 by and among SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), and THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota corporation and Class B member (the “Member”) in Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “Merging Entity”).
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2010, (the “Merger Agreement”), the Merging Entity will merge into the Partnership, with the Partnership surviving, with the Member, along with the other members of the Merging Entity, exchanging its interest in the Merging Entity for partnership units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership (“Units”);
WHEREAS, it is intended for federal income tax purposes that the Partnership will be treated as a continuation of the Merging Entity for federal income tax purposes;
WHEREAS, in consideration for the agreement of the Merging Entity to consummate the merger of the Merging Entity into the Partnership, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement regarding certain tax matters as set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, the Partnership desires to evidence its agreement regarding amounts that may be payable in the event of certain actions being taken by the Partnership regarding certain debt obligations of the Partnership and its subsidiaries.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
To the extent not otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Partnership Agreement (as defined below).
          “ Bottom Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .
          “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Merger will be effective.
          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “ Consent ” means the prior written consent to do the act or thing for which the consent is required or solicited, which consent may be executed by a duly authorized officer or agent of the party granting such consent.
          “ Deficit Restoration Obligation ” means a written obligation by a Protected Partner to restore part or all of its deficit capital account in the Partnership upon the occurrence

 


 

of certain events (which written obligation may provide for an indemnity in favor of the general partner of the Partnership).
          “ Guaranteed Amount ” means the aggregate amount of each Guaranteed Debt that is guaranteed at any time by Partner Guarantors.
          “ Guaranteed Debt ” means any loans incurred (or assumed) by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries that are guaranteed by Partner Guarantors at any time after the Closing Date pursuant to Article 2 hereof.
          “ Indirect Owner ” means, in the case of a Protected Partner that is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or subchapter S corporation for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such Protected Partner, and in the case of any Indirect Owner that itself is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or subchapter S corporation for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such entity.
          “ Liability Amount ” means, for each Protected Partner, the amount set forth next to such Protected Partner’s name on Schedule 2.1(b) hereto.
          “ Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
           “Partner Guarantors ” means those Protected Partners who have guaranteed any portion of the Guaranteed Debt.
          “ Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
          “ Partnership Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of February 14, 2011, as amended, and as the same may be further amended in accordance with the terms thereof.
          “ Protected Partner ” means those persons set forth as Protected Partners on Schedule 2.1(a), and any person who (i) acquires Units from a Protected Partner in a transaction in which gain or loss is not recognized in whole or in part and in which such transferee’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes is determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted basis of the Protected Partner in such Units, (ii) has notified the Partnership of its status as a Protected Partner and (iii) provides all documentation reasonably requested by the Partnership to verify such status, but excludes any person that ceases to be a Protected Partner pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ REIT ” means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
          “ Tax Protection Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending, with respect to a Protected Partner, at the earlier of such time as (i) such Protected Partner (or one or more successor Protected Partners) has disposed of 100% of the Units received, directly or indirectly, in the Merger by such Protected Partner in one or more taxable

2


 

transactions or (ii) the tenth anniversary of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the common stock of the REIT.
          “ Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
ARTICLE 2
ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES; GUARANTEE AND DEFICIT RESTORATION
OBLIGATION OPPORTUNITY
     2.1 Minimum Liability Allocation . During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership will offer to each Protected Partner the opportunity, in the Partnership’s discretion, either (i) to enter into a “bottom dollar guarantee” of certain liabilities of the Partnership (substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 2.1(c)) pursuant to which the lender for the guaranteed liability is required to pursue all other collateral and security for the guaranteed liability (other than any “bottom dollar guarantees”) prior to seeking to collect on such a guarantee, and the lender shall have recourse against the guarantee only if, and solely to the extent that, the total amount recovered by the lender with respect to the guaranteed liability after the lender has exhausted its remedies is less than the aggregate of the guaranteed amounts with respect to such liability, and the maximum aggregate liability of each partner for all guaranteed liabilities shall be limited to the amount actually guaranteed by such partner (a “Bottom Guarantee”) or (ii) to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, in either case in such amount or amounts so as to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities to such Protected Partner for purposes of Section 752 of the Code in an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date) and to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code that increases the Protected Partner’s “at risk” amount by an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date).
     2.2. Repayment or Refinancing of Guaranteed Debt . If the Partnership, at any time during the Tax Protection Period applicable to a Partner Guarantor, repays or refinances all or any portion of any Guaranteed Debt, the Partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) after taking into account such repayment, each Partner Guarantor would be entitled to include in its basis for its Units an amount of Guaranteed Debt equal to its Liability Amount, or (ii) alternatively, the Partnership, not less than thirty (30) days prior to such repayment or refinancing, offers to the applicable Partner Guarantor the opportunity, in the Partnership’s discretion, either (A) to enter into a Bottom Guarantee with respect to other indebtedness of the Partnership, or (B) to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, in either case in an amount sufficient so that, taking into account such Bottom Guarantee of such other Partnership indebtedness or such Deficit Restoration Obligation, as applicable, each Partner Guarantor who makes such Bottom Guarantee or enters into a Deficit Restoration Obligation in the amount specified by the Partnership would be entitled to include in its adjusted tax basis for its Units debt equal to the Liability Amount (determined as of the Closing Date) for such Partner Guarantor.
     2.3 Deficit Restoration Obligation . The Partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an amount of indebtedness of the Partnership that would be

3


 

considered “recourse” indebtedness (taking into account all of the facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to or greater than the sum of the amounts subject to a Deficit Restoration Obligation of all Protected Partners and other partners in the Partnership. The Deficit Restoration Obligation shall be conclusively presumed to cause the Protected Partner to be allocated an amount of liabilities equal to the Deficit Restoration Obligation amount of such Protected Partner for purposes of Sections 465 and 752 of the Code, provided that (1) the Partnership maintains an amount of debt that is considered “recourse” indebtedness (determined for purposes of Section 752 of the Code and taking into account all of the facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to the aggregate Deficit Restoration Obligation amounts of all partners of the Partnership and (2) all other terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement with respect to such Deficit Restoration Obligation are met.
ARTICLE 3
REMEDIES FOR BREACH
     3.1 Monetary Damages . In the event that the Partnership breaches its obligations set forth in Article 2 with respect to a Protected Partner the Protected Partner’s sole right shall be to receive from the Partnership, and the Partnership shall pay to such Protected Partner as damages, an amount equal to the aggregate federal, state and local income taxes incurred by the Protected Partner or an Indirect Owner as a result of the income or gain allocated to, or otherwise recognized by, such Protected Partner with respect to its Units by reason of such breach. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as the Partnership provides the opportunity to a Protected Partner to enter into a Bottom Guarantee or Deficit Restoration Obligation pursuant to the forms attached hereto or otherwise agreed to by the parties and the Partnership uses commercially reasonable efforts to maintain outstanding the relevant partnership liabilities in accordance with Article 2, the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 3.1 in the event it is determined that a Protected Partner has not been specially allocated for purposes of Section 752 of the Code an amount of partnership liabilities equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount or is not treated as receiving a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code that increases such Protected Partner’s “at risk” amount by an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Liability Amount. Furthermore, the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 3.1 if the Partnership merges into another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or the Protected Partner accepts an offer to exchange its OP Units for equity interests in another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes so long as, in either case, such successor entity assumes or agrees to assume the Partnership’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement.
          For purposes of computing the amount of federal, state, and local income taxes required to be paid by a Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner), (i) any deduction for state income taxes payable as a result thereof actually allowed in computing federal income taxes shall be taken into account, and (ii) a Protected Partner’s (or Indirect Owner’s) tax liability shall be computed using the highest federal, state and local marginal income tax rates that would be applicable to such Protected Partner’s (or Indirect Owner’s) taxable income (taking into account the character and type of such income or gain) for the year with respect to which the taxes must be paid, without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available to such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) that would reduce or offset its actual taxable income or

4


 

actual tax liability if such deductions, losses or credits could be utilized by the Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) to offset other income, gain or taxes of the Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner), either in the current year, in earlier years, or in later years).
     3.2 Process for Determining Damages . If the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 (or a Protected Partner asserts that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2), the Partnership and the Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any disagreements regarding any such breach or violation and the amount of damages, if any, payable to such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) under Section 3.1 . If any such disagreement cannot be resolved by the Partnership and such Protected Partner (or Indirect Owner) within sixty (60) days after the receipt of notice from the Partnership of such breach and the amount of income to be recognized by reason thereof (or, if applicable, receipt by the Partnership of an assertion by a Protected Partner that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2), the Partnership and the Protected Partner shall jointly retain a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm (“an Accounting Firm”) to act as an arbitrator to resolve as expeditiously as possible all points of any such disagreement (including, without limitation, whether a breach of any of the covenants set forth Article 2 has occurred and, if so, the amount of damages to which the Protected Partner is entitled as a result thereof, determined as set forth in Section 3.1 ). All determinations made by the Accounting Firm with respect to the resolution of any breach or violation of any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 and the amount of damages payable to the Protected Partner under Section 3.1 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Partnership and the Protected Partner. The fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be shared equally by the Partnership and the Protected Partner, provided that if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) higher than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Partnership and if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) less than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Protected Partner.
     3.3 Required Notices; Time for Payment . In the event that there has been a breach of Article 2, the Partnership shall provide to each affected Protected Partner notice of the transaction or event giving rise to such breach not later than at such time as the Partnership provides to the Protected Partners the IRS Schedule K-1’s to the Partnership’s federal income tax return. All payments required under this Article 3 to any Protected Partner shall be made to such Protected Partner on or before April 15 of the year following the year in which the gain recognition event giving rise to such payment took place; provided that , if the Protected Partner is required to make estimated tax payments that would include such gain (taking into account all available safe harbors), the Partnership shall make a payment to the Protected Partner on or before the due date for such estimated tax payment and such payment from the Partnership shall be in an amount that corresponds to the amount of the estimated tax being paid by such Protected

5


 

Partner at such time. In the event of a payment required after the date required pursuant to this Section 3.3 , interest shall accrue on the aggregate amount required to be paid from such date to the date of actual payment at a rate equal to the “prime rate” of interest, as published in the Wall Street Journal (or if no longer published there, as announced by Citibank, N.A.) effective as of the date the payment is required to be made.
ARTICLE 4
AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS;
APPROVAL OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
     4.1 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended, directly or indirectly (including by reason of a merger between either the Partnership or the REIT and another entity) except by a written instrument signed by the Partnership and each of the Protected Partners to be subject to such amendment, except that the Partnership may amend Schedules 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) upon a person becoming a Protected Partner as a result of a transfer of Units.
     4.2 Waiver . Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request by the Partnership, each Protected Partner, in its sole discretion, may waive the payment of any damages that are otherwise payable to such Protected Partner pursuant to Article 3 hereof. Such a waiver shall be effective only if obtained in writing from the affected Protected Partner.
ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS
     5.1 Additional Actions and Documents . Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to take or cause to be taken such further actions, to execute, deliver, and file or cause to be executed, delivered and filed such further documents, and will obtain such consents, as may be necessary or as may be reasonably requested in order to fully effectuate the purposes, terms and conditions of this Agreement.
     5.2 Assignment . No party hereto shall assign its or his rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any such assignment contrary to the terms hereof shall be null and void and of no force and effect.
     5.3 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Protected Partners and their respective successors and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Partnership and any entity that is a direct or indirect successor, whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (or any prior successor thereto as set forth in the preceding portion of this sentence), provided that none of the foregoing shall result in the release of liability of the Partnership hereunder. The Partnership covenants with and for the benefit of the Protected Partners not to undertake any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either entity (whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise) unless the transferee has acknowledged in writing and agreed in writing to be bound by this Agreement, provided that

6


 

the foregoing shall not be deemed to permit any transaction otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.
     5.4 Modification; Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any party in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
     5.5 Representations and Warranties Regarding Authority; Noncontravention . The Partnership has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Partnership and the performance of each of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on the part of the Partnership. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Partnership and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Partnership, enforceable against the Partnership in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws (or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally) or (ii) general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Partnership does not, and the performance of each of its respective obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of (i) the Partnership Agreement or (ii) any other agreement applicable to the Partnership, other than, in the case of clause (ii), any such conflicts or violations that would not materially adversely affect the performance by the Partnership of its obligations hereunder.
     5.6 Captions . The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement for any purpose, and shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.
     5.7 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered, mailed or transmitted, and shall be effective upon receipt, if delivered personally, mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like changes of address) or sent by electronic transmission to the telecopier number specified below:
  (i)   if to the Partnership, to:
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105

7


 

Attention: Chris Eng, Esq.
Telecopier No. (605) 362-9388
  (ii)   if to a Protected Partner, to the address on file with the Partnership.
Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be so given, served or sent. Each notice, demand, request, or communication which shall be hand delivered, sent, mailed, telecopied or telexed in the manner described above, or which shall be delivered to a telegraph company, shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, received or delivered for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the return receipt, the delivery receipt, or (with respect to a telecopy or telex) the answerback being deemed conclusive, but not exclusive, evidence of such delivery) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.
     5.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and each of which shall be deemed an original.
     5.9 Governing Law . The interpretation and construction of this Agreement, and all matters relating thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.
     5.10 Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability .
          5.10.1 This Agreement and the duties and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable against any of the parties in the courts of the State of South Dakota. For such purpose, each party hereto and the Protected Partners hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of this Agreement may be heard and determined in any of such courts.
          5.10.2 Each party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     5.11 Severability . If any part of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such part shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability only, without in any way affecting the remaining parts of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
     5.12 Costs of Disputes . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the nonprevailing party in any dispute arising hereunder shall bear and pay the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the prevailing party or parties in connection with resolving such dispute.
     5.13 Enforcement by Protected Partners . The Protected Partners are the beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall be able to enforce this Agreement as if they were parties to this Agreement.

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Partnership and the Member have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers, general partners, or delegates thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP ,
a Delaware limited partnership
 
 
  By:   Summit Hotel GP, LLC,    
    a Delaware limited liability company,   
    its General Partner   
     
  By:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.,    
    a Maryland corporation,   
    its sole member   
     
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   President   
 
  THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC.
a South Dakota corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Chairman and CEO   

9


 

         
SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS TO THE TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT
     
Schedule 2.1(a)
  List of Protected Partners
Schedule 2.1(b)
  Liability Amount
Schedule 2.1(c)
  Form of Guarantee Agreement

10


 

Schedule 2.1(a)
List of Protected Partners
The Summit Group, Inc.

11


 

Schedule 2.1(b)
Liability Amount
         
Protected Partner   Liability Amount **/
The Summit Group, Inc.
  $ 13,763,798  
 
** /   The estimated “negative tax capital account” of a Partner in the Partnership on the closing date of the IPO that would be recognized as a result of the repayment of liabilities with IPO proceeds, as determined by the Partnership in its sole discretion.

 


 

Schedule 2.1(c)
Form of Guaranty 1 /
GUARANTEE
     This Guarantee is made and entered into as of the __ day of _______ 20__, by the persons listed on Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) for the benefit of the Lender set forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Lender ,” which term shall include any person or entity who hereafter holds the Note (as defined below) in accordance with the terms thereof).
RECITALS
 
1   This Form of the Guarantee Agreement is for Guaranteed Debt where the following conditions all are applicable:
  (i)   there are no other guarantees in effect with respect to such Guaranteed Debt;
 
  (ii)   the collateral securing such Guaranteed Debt is not collateral for any other indebtedness that is senior to or pari passu with such Guaranteed Debt;
 
  (iii)   no additional guarantees with respect to such Guaranteed Debt will be entered into during the applicable Tax Protection Period;
 
  (iv)   the lender with respect to such Guaranteed Debt is not the Partnership or other entity in which the Partnership owns a direct or indirect interest, the REIT, any other partner in the Partnership, or any person related to any partner in the Partnership as determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2; and
 
  (v)   none of the REIT, nor any other partner in the Partnership, nor any person related to any partner in the Partnership as determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2 shall have provided, or shall thereafter provide, collateral for, or otherwise shall have entered, or thereafter shall enter, into a relationship that would cause such person or entity to be considered to bear risk of loss with respect to such Guaranteed Debt, as determined for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-2.
          If, and to the extent that, one or more of these conditions is not applicable, appropriate changes to the attached Form of Guaranty will be required in order to cause the various conditions set forth in Article 2 of the Tax Protection Agreement to be satisfied.

 


 

     WHEREAS, the Lender has loaned to the borrower set forth on Exhibit B (the “ Borrower ”) the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Exhibit B , which loan (i) is evidenced by the promissory note described on Exhibit C hereto (the “ Note ”), (ii) has a current outstanding balance in the amount set forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto, and (iii) is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on the collateral described on Exhibit D annexed hereto (the “ Deed of Trust ,” with the property and other assets securing such Deed of Trust referred to as the “ Collateral ”);
     WHEREAS, the Borrower is either Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), or a subsidiary of the Partnership in which the Partnership owns a 98% or greater interest in the subsidiary;
     WHEREAS, the Guarantors are limited partners in the Partnership; and
     WHEREAS, the Guarantors are executing and delivering this Guarantee to guarantee a portion of the Borrower’s payments with respect to the Note, subject to and otherwise in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and facts and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the Guarantors hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Guarantee and Performance of Payment.
     (a) The Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the collection by the Lender of, and hereby agree to pay to the Lender upon demand (following (1) foreclosure of the Deed of Trust, exercise of the powers of sale thereunder and/or acceptance by the Lender of a deed to the Collateral in lieu of foreclosure, and (2) the exhaustion of the exercise of any and all remedies available to the Lender against the Borrower, including, without limitation, realizing upon the assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral against which the Lender may have recourse), an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Guaranteed Amount set forth on Exhibit B over the Lender Proceeds (as hereinafter defined) (which excess is referred to as the “Aggregate Guarantee Liability”). The amounts payable by each Guarantor in respect of the guarantee obligations hereunder shall be in the same proportion as the dollar amounts listed next to such Guarantor’s name on Exhibit A attached hereto bears to the total Guaranteed Amount set forth on Exhibit A , provided that , notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guarantee, each Guarantor’s aggregate obligation under this Guarantee shall be limited to the dollar amount set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto next to such Guarantor’s name. The Guarantors’ obligations as set forth in this paragraph 1(a) are hereinafter referred to as the “ Guaranteed Obligations .”
     (b) For the purposes of this Guarantee, the term “ Lender Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate of (i) the Foreclosure Proceeds (as hereinafter defined) plus (ii) all amounts collected by the Lender from the Borrower (other than payments of principal, interest or other amounts required to be paid by the Borrower to Lender under the terms of the Note that are paid by the Borrower to the Lender at a time when no default has occurred under the Note and is continuing) or realized by the Lender from the sale of assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral.

 


 

     (c) For the purposes of this Guarantee, the term “ Foreclosure Proceeds ” shall have the applicable meaning set forth below with respect to the Collateral:
  1.   If at least one bona fide third party unrelated to the Lender (and including, without limitation, any of the Guarantors) bids for such Collateral at a sale thereof, conducted upon foreclosure of the related Deed of Trust or exercise of the power of sale thereunder, Foreclosure Proceeds shall mean the highest amount bid for such Collateral by the party that acquires title thereto (directly or through a nominee) at or pursuant to such sale. For the purposes of determining such highest bid, amounts bid for the Collateral by the Lender shall be taken into account notwithstanding the fact that such bids may constitute credit bids which offset against the amount due to the Lender under the Note.
 
  2.   If there is no such unrelated third-party at such sale of the Collateral so that the only bidder at such sale is the Lender or its designee, the Foreclosure Proceeds shall be deemed to be fair market value (the “ Fair Market Value ”) of the Collateral as of the date of the foreclosure sale, as such Fair Market Value shall be mutually agreed upon by the Lender and the Guarantor or determined pursuant to subparagraph 1(d).
 
  3.   If the Lender receives and accepts a deed to the Collateral in lieu of foreclosure in partial satisfaction of the Borrower’s obligations under the Note, the Foreclosure Proceeds shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of such Collateral as of the date of delivery of the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, as such Fair Market Value shall be mutually agreed upon by the Lender and the Guarantor or determined pursuant to subparagraph 1(d).
     (d) Fair Market Value of the Collateral (or any item thereof) shall be the price at which a willing seller not compelled to sell would sell such Collateral, and a willing buyer not compelled to buy would purchase such Collateral, free and clear of all mortgages but subject to all leases and reciprocal easements and operating agreements. If the Lender and the Guarantor are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Value of any Collateral in accordance with subparagraphs (c)1., 2. or 3. above, as applicable, within twenty (20) days after the date of the foreclosure sale or the delivery of the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, as applicable, relating to such Collateral, either party may have the Fair Market Value of such Collateral determined by appraisal by appointing an appraiser having the qualifications set forth below to determine the same and by notifying the other party of such appointment within twenty (20) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period. If the other party shall fail to notify the first party, within twenty (20) days after its receipt of notice of the appointment by the first party, of the appointment by the other party of an appraiser having the qualifications set forth below, the appraiser appointed by the first party shall alone make the determination of such Fair Market Value. Appraisers appointed by the parties shall be members of the Appraisal Institute (MAI) and shall have at least ten years’ experience in the valuation of properties similar to the Collateral being valued in the greater metropolitan area in which such Collateral is located. If each party shall appoint an appraiser having the aforesaid qualifications and if such appraisers

 


 

cannot, within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the second appraiser, agree upon the determination hereinabove required, then they shall select a third appraiser which third appraiser shall have the aforesaid qualifications, and if they fail so to do within forty (40) days after the appointment of the second appraiser they shall notify the parties hereto, and either party shall thereafter have the right, on notice to the other, to apply for the appointment of a third appraiser to the chapter of the American Arbitration Association or its successor organization located in the metropolitan area in which the Collateral is located or to which the Collateral is proximate or if no such chapter is located in such metropolitan area, in the metropolitan area closest to the Collateral in which such a chapter is located. Each appraiser shall render its decision as to the Fair Market Value of the Collateral in question within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser and shall furnish a copy thereof to the Lender and the Guarantor. The Fair Market Value of the Collateral shall then be calculated as the average of (i) the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser and (ii) whichever of the Fair Market Values determined by the first two appraisers is closer to the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser; provided , however , that if the Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser is higher or lower than both Fair Market Values determined by the first two appraisers, such Fair Market Value determined by the third appraiser shall be disregarded and the Fair Market Value of the Collateral shall then be calculated as the average of the Fair Market Value determined by the first two appraisers. The Fair Market Value of a Property, as so determined, shall be binding and conclusive upon the Lender and the Guarantors. A Guarantor shall bear the cost of its own appraiser and, subject to subparagraph 1(e), shall bear all reasonable costs of appointing, and the expenses of, any other appraiser appointed pursuant to this subparagraph (1)(d).
     (e) Notwithstanding anything in the preceding subparagraphs of this paragraph 1, (i) in no event shall the aggregate amount required to be paid pursuant to this Guarantee by the Guarantors as a group with respect to all defaults under the Note and the Deed of Trust securing the obligations thereunder exceed the Guaranteed Amount set forth on Exhibit B hereto, and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each Guarantor hereunder with respect to the Guaranteed Obligation shall be limited to the lesser of (I) the product of (w) the Individual Guarantee Percentage for such Guarantor set forth on Exhibit A hereto multiplied by (x) the Guaranteed Amount, or (II) the product of (y) such Guarantor’s Individual Guarantee Percentage multiplied by (z) the Aggregate Guarantee Liability.
     (f) In confirmation of the foregoing, and without limitation, the Lender must first exhaust all of its rights and remedies against all property of the Borrower as to which the Lender has (or may have) a right of recourse, including, without limitation, the institution and prosecution to completion of appropriate foreclosure proceedings under the Deed of Trust, before exercising any right or remedy or making any claim, under this Guarantee.
     (g) The obligations under this Guarantee shall be personal to each Guarantor and shall not be affected by any transfer of all or any part of a Guarantor’s interests in the Partnership; provided, however, that if a Guarantor has disposed of all of its equity interests in the Partnership, the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guarantee shall terminate 12 months after the date of such disposition (the “Termination Date”) provided (i) the Guarantor notifies the Lender that it is terminating its obligations under this Guarantee as of the Termination Date and (ii) the fair market value of the Collateral exceeds the outstanding balance of the Note, including accrued and unpaid interest, as of the Termination Date. Further, no

 


 

Guarantor shall have the right to recover from the Borrower any amounts such Guarantor pays pursuant to this Guarantee (except and only to the extent that the amount paid to the Lender by such Guarantor exceeds the amount required to be paid by such Guarantor under the terms of this Guarantee).
     (h) The obligations of any Guarantor who is an individual as a Guarantor hereunder shall terminate with respect to such Guarantor one week after the death of such Guarantor if, as a result of the death of such Guarantor, all property held by the Guarantor on the date of death would have a basis for federal income tax purposes equal to the fair market value of such property on such date (unless a later date were to be elected by the executor of the Guarantor’s estate in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code).
     2.  Intent to Benefit Lender . This Guarantee is expressly for the benefit of the Lender. The Guarantors intend that the Lender shall have the right to enforce the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder separately and independently of the Borrower, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1 hereof, without any requirement whatsoever of resort by the Lender to any other party. The Lender’s rights to enforce the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder are material elements of this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall not be modified, amended or terminated (other than as specifically provided herein) without the written consent of the Lender. The Borrower shall furnish a copy of this Guarantee to the Lender contemporaneously with its execution.
     3.  Waivers . Each Guarantor intends to bear the ultimate economic responsibility for the payment hereof of the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent set forth in Paragraph 1 above. Pursuant to such intent:
          (a) Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, each Guarantor expressly waives any right (pursuant to any law, rule, arrangement or relationship) to compel the Lender, or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust to sue or enforce payment thereof or pursue any other remedy in the power of the Borrower, the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust whatsoever, and failure of the Borrower or the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or any beneficiary of the Deed of Trust to do so shall not exonerate, release or discharge a Guarantor from its absolute unconditional obligations under this Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby binds and obligates itself, and its permitted successors and assignees, for performance of the Guaranteed Obligations according to the terms hereof, whether or not the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion thereof are valid now or hereafter enforceable against the Borrower or shall have been incurred in compliance with any of the conditions applicable thereto, subject, however, in all respects to the Guarantee Limit and the other limitations set forth in paragraph 1.
          (b) Each Guarantor expressly waives any right (pursuant to any law, rule, arrangement, or relationship) to compel any other person (including, but not limited to, the Borrower, the Partnership, any subsidiary of the Partnership or the Borrower, or any other partner or affiliate of the Partnership or the Borrower) to reimburse or indemnify such Guarantor for all or any portion of amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee to the extent such amounts do not exceed the amounts required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to paragraph 1 hereof (taking into account the limitations set forth therein).

 


 

          (c) Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, if and only to the extent that the Borrower has made similar waivers under the Note or the Deed of Trust, each Guarantor expressly waives: (i) the defense of the statute of limitations in any action hereunder or for the collection or performance of the Note or the Deed of Trust; (ii) any defense that may arise by reason of: the incapacity, or lack of authority of the Borrower, the revocation or repudiation hereof by such Guarantor, the revocation or repudiation of the Note or the Deed of Trust by the Borrower, the failure of the Lender to file or enforce a claim against the estate (either in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of the Borrower; the unenforceability in whole or in part of the Note, the Deed of Trust or any other document or instrument related thereto; the Lender’s election, in any proceeding by or against the Borrower under the federal Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the federal Bankruptcy Code; or any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the federal Bankruptcy Code; (iii) presentment, demand for payment, protest, notice of discharge, notice of acceptance of this Guarantee or occurrence of, or any default in connection with, the Note or the Deed of Trust, and indulgences and notices of any other kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, notice of the disposition of any collateral for the Note; (iv) any defense based upon an election of remedies (including, if available, an election to proceed by non-judicial foreclosure) or other action or omission by the Lender or any other person or entity which destroys or otherwise impairs any indemnification, contribution or subrogation rights of such Guarantor or the right of such Guarantor, if any, to proceed against the Borrower for reimbursement, or any combination thereof; (v) subject to Paragraph 4 below, any defense based upon any taking, modification or release of any collateral or guarantees for the Note, or any failure to create or perfect any security interest in, or the taking of or failure to take any other action with respect to any collateral securing payment or performance of the Note; (vi) any rights or defenses based upon any right to offset or claimed offset by such Guarantor against any indebtedness or obligation now or hereafter owed to such Guarantor by the Borrower; or (vii) any rights or defenses based upon any rights or defenses of the Borrower to the Note or the Deed of Trust (including, without limitation, the failure or value of consideration, any statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction, and the insolvency of the Borrower); it being intended, except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1 above, that such Guarantor shall remain liable hereunder, to the extent set forth herein, notwithstanding any act, omission or thing which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of any of such Guarantor or of the Borrower.
     4.  Amendment of Note and Deed of Trust . Without in any manner limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender or any subsequent holder of the Note or beneficiary of the Deed of Trust may, from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Guarantors, agree to any amendment, waiver, modification or alteration of the Note or the Deed of Trust relating to the Borrower and its rights and obligations thereunder (including, without limitation, renewal, waiver or variation of the maturity of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note, increase or reduction of the rate of interest payable under the Note, release, substitution or addition of any Guarantor or endorser and acceptance or release of any security for the Note), it being understood and agreed by the Lender, however, that the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are subject, in all events, to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 1; provided that (i) in the event that the Lender consents to the release of any Collateral securing the Note pursuant to the Deed of Trust, the Guaranteed Amount shall be reduced by the Fair Market Value of such Collateral on the date of such release (determined as set forth in Section 1(d)); and (ii) upon any material change to the Note or the Deed of Trust, including, without limitation, the maturity date or the

 


 

interest rate of the Note, or upon any release or substitution of any Collateral securing the Note, within thirty (30) days of any Guarantor’s receipt of actual notice of such event, subject to the following sentence, such Guarantor may elect to terminate such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee by written notice to the Lender. Such termination shall take effect on the 31st day following such actual notice, provided that no default under the Guaranteed Obligation has occurred and is then continuing.
     5.  Termination of Guarantee . Subject to Paragraph 4, this Guarantee is irrevocable as to any and all of the Guaranteed Obligations.
     6.  Independent Obligations . Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 1, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought by a Lender against the Guarantors, whether or not actions are brought against the Borrower. Each Guarantor expressly waives any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution or any other claim which such Guarantor may now or hereafter have against the Borrower, or any other person directly or contingently liable for the payment or performance of the Note and the Deed of Trust arising from the existence or performance of this Guarantee (including, but not limited to, the Partnership, Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., or any other partner of the Partnership) (except and only to the extent that a Guarantor makes a payment to the Lender in excess of the amount required to be paid under Paragraph 1 and the limitations set forth therein).
     7.  Understanding With Respect to Waivers . Each Guarantor warrants and represents that each of the waivers set forth above are made with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, and that under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any of said waivers are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the maximum extent permitted by law.
     8.  No Assignment . No Guarantor shall be entitled to assign his or her rights or obligations under this Guarantee to any other person without the written consent of the Lender.
     9.  Entire Agreement . The parties agree that this Guarantee contains the entire understanding and agreement between them with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be amended, modified or superseded, except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties.
     10.  Notices . Any notice given pursuant to this Guarantee shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:
     If to the Partnership:
Summit Hotel OP, LP
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
Attention: Chris Eng, Esq.
Telecopier No. (605) 362-9388

 


 

or to such other address with respect to which notice is subsequently provided in the manner set forth above; and
     If to a Guarantor, to the address set forth on Exhibit A hereto, or to such other address with respect to which notice is subsequently provided in the manner set forth above.
     11.  Applicable Law . This Guarantee shall be governed by, interpreted under and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its choice of law provisions.
     12.  Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability
          (a) This Guarantee and the duties and obligations of the parties hereto shall be enforceable against each Guarantor in the courts of the State of South Dakota. For such purpose, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of this Guarantee may be heard and determined in any of such courts.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
     13.  Condition of Borrower . Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Borrower and is executing and delivering this Guarantee based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto and is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of the Lender or the Borrower. Each Guarantor represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning the Borrower’s financial conditions and any other matter pertinent hereto as it may desire, and it is not relying upon or expecting the Lender to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in the Lender’s possession concerning the same. By executing this Guarantee, each Guarantor knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of this type, which risks it acknowledges.
     14.  Expenses . Each Guarantor agrees that, promptly after receiving Lender’s notice therefor, such Guarantor shall reimburse Lender, subject to the limitation set forth in subparagraph 1(e) and to the extent that such reimbursement is not made by Borrower, for all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with the collection of the Guaranteed Obligations or any portion thereof or with the enforcement of this Guarantee.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantors set forth on Exhibit A hereto have executed this Guarantee as of the date first set forth above.
         
  GUARANTORS SET FORTH ON
EXHIBIT A HERETO:
 
 
  By:      
     
  By:      
     
  By:      
     
  By:      
     
  By:      
       
       

 


 

         
Exhibit A to Guarantee
         
Name and Address of Partner Guarantors   Guaranteed Amount
 
       
Guarantors, as a group
  $    
     
Individual Guarantors:
  Individual
Guarantee
Percentage

 


 

Exhibit B to Guarantee
                 
        Date of and        
        Principal Amount   Debt Balance as of   Guaranteed
Name of Lender   Name of Borrower   of Loan   __/__/__   Amount
 
               

 


 

Exhibit C to Guarantee
Copy of Note

 


 

Exhibit D to Guarantee
Identification of Deed of Trust and
Brief Summary Description of Collateral

14 

Exhibit 10.3
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Transition Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 14th day of February, 2011, by and between The Summit Group, Inc., a South Dakota corporation (“ SGI ”), and Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Summit OP ”).
Recitals
     A. Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (the “ Predecessor ”), and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of owning premium-branded limited-service and select-service hotels in the upscale and midscale without food and beverage segments of the U.S. lodging industry (the “ Business ”).
     B. SGI and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 5 hereof) currently provide services to the Predecessor and its subsidiaries that enable the Predecessor and its subsidiaries to conduct the Business.
     C. The Predecessor and Summit OP are parties to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 5, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Predecessor has agreed to merge with and into Summit OP with Summit OP surviving such merger, and, as a matter of law, Summit OP will succeed to all of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor, including, without limitation, the assets and liability attributable to the Business.
     D. In order to facilitate the transition of the Business to Summit OP, Summit OP desires SGI to provide, and SGI is willing to provide or cause its Affiliates to provide certain transitional services to Summit OP and its Affiliates, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Agreement
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties do hereby agree as follows:
     Section 1. Services . During the Term (as defined in Section 4 hereof), SGI shall provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide to the Summit Entities (as defined below) such services related to the Business as the Summit Entities shall reasonably request from time to time (the “ Services ”). Services shall be provided to the Summit Entities at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, as mutually agreed to by the parties. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Summit Entities ” shall mean Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“ Summit REIT ”), Summit OP and their respective subsidiaries.
     Section 2. Fees .
          (a) SGI and its Affiliates shall provide Services hereunder to the Summit Entities at their fully-loaded cost. In addition, Summit OP shall reimburse SGI or its Affiliates

 


 

for any actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by SGI or its Affiliates in connection with providing Services hereunder.
          (b) Not more than thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar month during the Term, if any costs or out-of-pocket expenses have been incurred and not previously reimbursed, SGI shall invoice Summit OP for the Services performed by SGI or its Affiliates for the Summit Entities under this Agreement during the preceding calendar month. All such invoices shall be paid by Summit OP in full within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. Summit OP shall pay all federal, state, and local taxes based upon or arising out of such Services having been rendered under this Agreement.
     Section 3. Limitation on Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL A PARTY OR ITS RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR PARTNERS, MEMBERS, STOCKHOLDERS, MANAGERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, REPRESENTATIVES OR SUBCONTRACTORS BE LIABLE REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION OR LEGAL THEORY FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RELATED TO THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA (OTHER THAN LIABILITY FOR THE COST OF REENTRY OF SUCH DATA) OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION.
     Section 4. Effective Time; Service Period .
          (a) This Agreement shall become effective, without further action by either party, upon the consummation of Summit REIT’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Time ”). This Agreement shall continue indefinitely, provided that either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days advanced written notice to the other party (the “ Term ”). Further, either party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other party upon the material breach or failure by the other to perform its obligations hereunder (including any nonpayment referred to in Section 2 above), which material breach or failure is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach or failure is given by the non-breaching party to the breaching party, or, in the case of nonpayment, which nonpayment is not cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice is given.
          (b) The provisions of Section 2 , Section 3 , Section 4(b) , Section 5 , Section 6 and Section 7 shall survive any termination of this Agreement or any Services provided hereunder.
     Section 5. Indemnification . Summit OP hereby agrees to indemnify, protect and hold SGI, its Affiliates and their respective employees, agents, officers, directors, partners, members, managers, stockholders and representatives (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, including costs or expenses related thereto and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by any Indemnified Party as a result of SGI or its Affiliates providing Services to the Summit Entities pursuant to this Agreement, except for losses directly resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any person or entity, another

2


 

person or entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person or entity.
     Section 6. Further Assurances . In the event Kerry W. Boekelheide ceases serving as an executive officer of Summit REIT, SGI will assign and transfer all of its right, title and interest in the real, person and intangible property related to the Business to Summit OP in exchange for nominal consideration.
     Section 7. Miscellaneous .
          (a) Notice . Any notices or other communications required or permitted under, or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) when delivered in person, (ii) upon confirmation of receipt when transmitted by facsimile transmission, (iii) on receipt after dispatch by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed, or (iv) on the next business day if transmitted by national overnight courier, in each case as follows:
         
 
  If to SGI:   The Summit Group, Inc.
 
      2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
      Attention: Kerry W. Boekelheide
 
      Fax: (605) XXX-XXXX
 
       
 
  If to Summit:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
      2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
      Attention: Daniel P. Hansen
 
      Fax: (605) 362-9388
or to such other place and with such other copies as either party may designate as to itself by written notice to the others.
          (b) No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly provided herein, nothing herein is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties and their respective permitted assignees, any rights, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.
          (c) No Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder shall be assignable by either of the parties hereto, provided that either party may delegate all or any portion of its obligations to perform Services under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates.
          (d) Independent Contractor . The parties hereto understand and agree that this Agreement does not make either of them an agent or legal representative of the other for any purpose whatsoever. No party is granted, by this Agreement or otherwise, any right or authority to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of or in the name of any other party, or to bind any other party in any manner whatsoever. Each party expressly acknowledges (i) that each party is an independent contractor with respect to the other

3


 

in all respects, including, without limitation, the provision of the Services, and (ii) that the parties are not Partners, joint venturers, employees or agents of or with each other.
          (e) Modifications and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented only by written agreement of the parties.
          (f) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of South Dakota, without regard to laws that may be applicable under conflicts of laws principles.
          (g) Headings . The underlined headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
          (h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement with the same effect as if the counterpart signatures were upon the same instrument.
          (i) No Representations or Warranties . The parties acknowledge that neither party has made or is making any representations or warranties whatsoever to the other, implied or otherwise, under this Agreement.
          (j) Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors.
[ Signatures appear on the following page. ]

4


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Chairman   
 
  SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP

By: Summit Hotel GP, LLC, its general partner

By: Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., its sole member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
    Name:   Kerry W. Boekelheide   
    Title:   Executive Chairman   
 

EXHIBIT 10.4
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made as of the 14th day of February, 2011, between the lessee entities set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (collectively, “Owner” ) and INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC ( “Operator” ), a Delaware limited liability company.
RECITALS
     A. Owner and its affiliates lease from Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ OP ”), and its affiliates described on Exhibit A (each a “ Land Holder ” and collectively, the “ Land Holders ”, whether held as a Land Holder or as a ground lessee) the hotel properties described in Exhibit A (each a “ Hotel ” and collectively, the “ Hotels ”) pursuant to one or more Lease Agreements (each, a “ Lease ”). Summit Hotel OP is substantially owned by Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”).
     B. The Hotels, together with certain other hotels and lodging assets owned by Land Holders and leased by Owner, comprise a portfolio of hotels, which prior to the date hereof were managed by The Summit Group Inc. (“ Prior Manager ”) pursuant to the terms of five (5) certain management agreements of varying dates entered into between 2003 and 2007 (as amended, the “ Existing Management Agreements ”).
     C. Owner desires Operator to assume management of the Hotels.
     D. Pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Assignment ”), Prior Manager has assigned all of its right, title and interest in the Existing Management Agreements to Operator, and Operator has assumed the obligations of Prior Manager under the Existing Management Agreements to the extent arising on or after the date of the Assignment, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Assignment.
     E. Owner and Operator desire to amend, restate and replace the Existing Management Agreements with this Agreement, and evidence their agreement with respect to the operation, direction, management, and supervision of the Hotels individually as more particularly set forth below.
      NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the premises, and other good and valuable consideration, Owner and Operator agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE HOTEL
1.1. Owner and Operator acknowledge that each Hotel consists of and contains:
A. A building (the “Building” ) with guest rooms and suites, restaurant(s), lounge(s), and

 


 

conference and meeting rooms together with the parcel of land on which the Building is located and any outdoor parking areas or other facilities located on such land, all as more fully described on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof;
B. Mechanical systems and built-in installations (the “Installations” ) in each Building including, but not limited to, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical and plumbing systems, elevators and escalators, and built-in laundry, refrigeration and kitchen equipment;
C. Furniture, furnishings, wall coverings, floor coverings, window treatments, fixtures and hotel equipment and vehicles (the “FF&E” );
D. Chinaware, glassware, silverware, linens, and other items of a similar nature (the “Operating Equipment” );
E. Stock and inventories of paper supplies, cleaning materials and similar consumable items and food and beverage (the “Operating Supplies” ); and
F. Any whirlpool, fitness center, spa, on-site parking, pool , beach, club facilities, retail facilities, restaurants and related amenities or facilities for each Hotel.
ARTICLE II
OPERATING TERM
2.1. This Agreement shall have a term (the “Operating Term” ) commencing on the date hereof (the “Commencement Date” ) and expiring on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term” ), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or unless extended as provided by the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise provided by the written agreement of Owner and Operator. This Agreement shall automatically renew for additional terms of thirty (30) days each (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless either party gives the other party written notice of termination at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or thirty (30) days prior to the end of the then-current Renewal Term. Owner and Operator, by mutual written agreement, may renew this Agreement for a longer term and, in such case, such longer term shall be a Renewal Term. Any and all reference contained herein to Term shall be deemed to include the Operating Term, the Initial Term and the Renewal Term(s).
ARTICLE III
APPOINTMENT AND ENGAGEMENT OF OPERATOR
3.1. Owner hereby engages Operator as the exclusive operator of the Hotels during the Term and Operator hereby accepts such engagement.
3.2. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Budgets, Operator shall have control and discretion in all aspects of the operation, direction, management and supervision of the Hotels. Such control and discretion of Operator shall include, without limitation, the determination

2


 

of credit policies (including entering into agreements with credit card organizations), terms of admittance, charges for rooms, food and beverage policies, employee wage, benefits and severance policies, entertainment and amusement policies, leasing, licensing and granting of concessions for commercial space at the Hotels, and all phases of advertising, promotion and publicity relating to the Hotels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator acknowledges that the contracts with credit card vendors listed on Exhibit C attached hereto are required to remain in effect following the Commencement Date pursuant to the terms of the such contracts, and that Operator will not terminate such agreements (other than as permitted under the terms of such agreements) without Owner’s prior written consent.
3.3. Operator shall operate, manage and maintain each Hotel and all of its facilities and activities in a diligent and careful manner in accordance with the following standards (the “ Hotel Standard ”) in order to maintain the condition and character of such Hotel and with the primary goal of maximizing the Gross Operating Profit (as defined herein) of such Hotel:
     (a) in a manner that is equal to or better than the operation of similar hotels in the area of such Hotel and other similar hotels operated by Operator, to the extent consistent with the Budgets and such Hotel’s facilities; and
     (b) in accordance with the standards imposed by the hotel franchise agreement, if any, applicable to such Hotel (a “ Franchise Agreement ”).
3.4. Operator shall make its senior executives available to meet with Owner at least once each quarter and, in addition, at Owner’s reasonable request, consult with and advise Owner concerning all policies and procedures affecting all phases of the conduct of business at the Hotels. Operator shall in all events consult with Owner before implementing any material changes in policies and procedures relating to the Hotels. Operator shall make the Key Hotel Personnel (as defined in Section 4.7) for each Hotel available through the General Manager of such Hotel to meet with Owner at least once per month and at additional times (including by teleconference) from time to time upon Owner’s reasonable request, to review the operations of the Hotel and current matters of import, and in each instance, Owner shall give Operator adequate advance notice, in no event to be less than three (3) days advance notice. Operator shall in all events meet with Owner before implementing any material changes in policies and procedures relating to any Hotel. Owner shall not contact any other Hotel Employee regarding the operations of the Hotels.
3.5. During the Term, Operator, as agent and for the account of Owner, shall in accordance with the Budgets (as defined in Section 8.4) and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, and only to the extent Owner has provided sufficient funds therefor, either through Hotels operations or directly from Owner:
  A.   Recruit, train, direct, supervise, employ and dismiss on-site staff (the “Hotel Employees” ) for the operation of the Hotels, and in connection therewith establish and maintain an affirmative action plan for the Hotels; provided, however, no employment agreement for any Hotel Employee shall contain an automatic renewal provision without the prior written consent of the Owner specifically referring to such renewal provision;

3


 

  B.   Develop and implement advertising, marketing, promotion, publicity and other similar programs for the Hotels;
 
  C.   (i) Negotiate and enter into leases, licenses and concession agreements for stores, office space and lobby space at the Hotels (including without limitation, car rental counters and gift shops) and commercial space, if any, that is adjacent to or otherwise part of the Hotels (including without limitation, rooftop antennas) (collectively, the “Leases” ), collect the rent under such Leases and otherwise administer the Leases and (ii) negotiate and enter into contracts for the provision of services to the Hotels; provided that, Operator shall not, without Owner’s consent, enter into any such Leases or contracts for terms in excess of one (1) year, unless such Lease or contract may be terminated without cause and without payment of any penalty on no less than sixty (60) days’ notice;
 
  D.   Upon receipt of all necessary information from Owner, apply for, process and take all necessary steps to procure and keep in effect in Owner’s name (or, if required by the licensing authority, in Operator’s name or both) all licenses and permits and the sales tax registration(s) required for the operation of the Hotels;
 
  E.   Pursuant to a separate written agreement on terms and conditions set forth therein, Operator’s affiliate will purchase all FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies necessary for the operation of the Hotels; provided, however, Owner may purchase any of the FF&E, Operating Equipment or Operating Supplies used in connection with the operation of the Hotels, as an operating or capital expense, as appropriate, of the Hotels, in which case Owner will provide to Operator sufficient information for Operator to maintain accurate books and records regarding sales tax accruals and pay such accruals out of Total Revenues from the Hotel. At the request of Owner, Operator shall put out for competitive bid the purchase of FF&E, Operating Equipment or Operating Supplies used in connection with the operation of the Hotels as contemplated in this Section E;
 
  F.   Provide routine accounting and purchasing services as required in the ordinary course of business;
 
  G.   Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, rulings and orders of governmental authorities affecting or issued in connection with the Hotel, as well as with orders and requirements of any board of fire underwriters or any other body which may exercise similar functions, so long as Owner promptly delivers to Operator any notice of violation thereof received by Owner;
 
  H.   Subject to the Budgets, cause all needed repairs and maintenance to the Hotel of which Operator is aware to be made, and unless otherwise set forth in the Budgets, any expense for repairs and maintenance that exceeds Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) shall require Owner’s prior approval and shall be put out for a minimum of three (3) competitive bids unless otherwise approved by Owner. Notwithstanding

4


 

      the foregoing, such prior approval and bids shall not be required for ;any expenses regardless of amount which, in Operator’s reasonable judgment, are immediately necessary to prevent immediate material damage to a Hotel or the health or safety of its occupants ( “Emergency Expenses” ); provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such emergency;
  I.   Subject to Section 3.6 below, use commercially reasonable efforts to operate the Hotels in accordance with any mortgage or deed of trust on the Hotels and/or Franchise Agreement (collectively, “Major Agreements” ); provided, however, Operator shall have no responsibility for causing the payment of any Fixed Charges or Owner Expenses (as defined in Section 7.2), unless expressly set forth in this Agreement;
 
  J.   At the direction of Owner, in its sole discretion and pursuant to a separate written agreement between Owner and Operator (or its affiliates), provide project coordination services to the Owner and its general contractor to aid in any construction or remodeling at the Hotels;
 
  K.   Use good faith efforts to identify, and provide recommendations to Owner regarding the use of, any vendor relationships established by Operator, in order to implement potential cost savings and operational efficiencies for the Hotels; and
 
  L.   Provide such other services as are required under the terms of this Agreement or as are customarily performed without additional fee by management companies of similar properties in the areas of the Hotels.
3.6. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Operator’s obligations with respect to any Major Agreement shall be limited to the extent (i) complete and accurate copies and/or summaries of the relevant provisions thereof have been delivered to Operator sufficiently in advance to allow Operator to perform such obligations and (ii) the provisions thereof and/or compliance with such provisions by Operator (1) are applicable to the day-to-day operation, maintenance and non-capital repair and replacement of the Hotels or any portion thereof, (2) do not require contribution of capital or payments of Operator’s own funds, (3) do not materially increase Operator’s obligations hereunder or materially decrease Operator’s other rights hereunder, provided however, that Operator acknowledges and agrees that standards, expectations, responsibilities and limitations prescribed by franchisors are not deemed to materially increase Operator’s obligations or materially decrease its rights hereunder (4) do not limit or purport to limit any corporate activity or transaction with respect to Operator or its affiliates or any other activity, transfer, transaction, property or other matter involving Operator or its affiliates other than at the sites of the Hotels, and (5) are otherwise within the scope of Operator’s duties under this Agreement. Owner acknowledges and agrees, without limiting the foregoing, that any failure of Operator or the Hotels to comply with the provisions of any Major Agreement arising out of (A) the condition of the Hotels, and/or the failure of the Hotels to comply with the provisions of such Major Agreement, prior to Operator’s assuming the day-to-day management thereof, (B) construction activities at the Hotels, (C) inherent

5


 

limitations in the design and/or construction of, location of and/or parking at the Hotels, (D) instructions from Owner to operate any Hotel in a manner inconsistent with the Major Agreements and/or (E) Owner’s failure to approve any matter requested by Operator in Operator’s reasonable good faith business judgment as necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with any Major Agreement, shall not be deemed a breach by Operator of its obligations under this Agreement. Operator shall be entitled to rely on the copies of the Franchise Agreements provided by Owner.
ARTICLE IV
AGENCY; HOTEL EMPLOYEES
4.1. In the performance of its duties as Operator of the Hotels, Operator shall act solely as agent of Owner. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to be or create a partnership or joint venture between Owner and Operator. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (a) all debts and liabilities to third persons incurred by Operator in the course of its operation and management of the Hotels in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be the debts and liabilities of Owner only and (b) except to the extent provided in Section 23.1, Operator shall not be liable for any such obligations by reason of its management, supervision, direction and operation of the Hotel as agent for Owner. Operator may so inform third parties with whom it deals on behalf of Owner and may take any other reasonable steps to carry out the intent of this paragraph.
4.2. All Hotel Employees shall be employees of Operator or an affiliate. All compensation (including without limitation all wages, fringe benefits and severance payments) of the Hotel Employees shall be an Operating Expense (as defined in Section 10.2) and shall be borne by Owner and paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account (as hereinafter defined) or if the amounts therein are insufficient by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Owner acknowledges and agrees that (a) Operator shall have the right to institute bonus programs for the Hotel Employees so long as such policies are reasonable and customary in the industry and (b) Operator shall have the right to institute severance payment policies for the Hotel Employees so long as such policies are consistent with Operator’s severance payment policies in effect from time to time for other similar hotels managed by Operator and its affiliates. Operator’s current severance payment policy is attached hereto as Exhibit D , and Operator shall obtain Owner’s prior consent before implementing any material changes to such policy at the Hotels.
4.3. Operator may, subject to the Budgets, enroll the Hotel Employees in retirement, health and welfare employee benefit plans substantially similar to corresponding plans implemented in other hotels with similar service levels managed by Operator or similar hotels in the areas of the Hotel. Such plans may be joint plans for the benefit of employees at more than one hospitality property owned, leased or managed by Operator or its affiliates. Employer contributions to such plans (including any withdrawal liability incurred upon termination of this Agreement) and reasonable administrative fees which Operator may expend in connection therewith shall be the responsibility of Owner and shall be an Operating Expense. The administrative expenses of any joint plans will be equitably apportioned by Operator among properties covered by such plan. The apportionment for each Hotel shall be based upon the total costs of the administrative expenses multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total payroll expense of the Hotel, and the denominator of which is the total payroll expense of all hotels participating in the joint plans. Owner hereby acknowledges and

6


 

agrees that (a) any employee benefit plan withdrawal liability and (b) compliance with the provisions of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and/or any similar state or local laws (together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and including without limitation any such state or local laws, the “WARN Act” ) upon any disposition of a Hotel, upon any termination of this Agreement or upon the occurrence of any other event giving rise to the application of the WARN Act are the responsibility and obligation of Owner, and Owner hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Operator harmless from and against any cost, expense, obligation, claim or other liability which Operator may incur arising out of or in connection with any employee benefit plan withdrawal liability or any breach or claimed breach of the WARN Act in connection with any such disposition, termination or other occurrence; provided, however, in the event that Operator receives notice of termination of this Agreement with sufficient time to comply with the WARN Act but fails to satisfy the applicable WARN Act requirements, then Operator shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Owner from and against any cost, expense, obligation, claim or other liability which Owner may incur arising out of such failure by Operator.
4.4. Operator, in its discretion but subject to the Budgets (unless otherwise approved by Owner), may, as an Operating Expense of the Hotels, (i) provide lodging for Operator’s executive employees to the extent they are visiting the Hotels in connection with the performance of Operator’s services and allow them the use of Hotel facilities and (ii) provide the General Manager of the Hotels and other Hotel Employees temporary living quarters within the Hotels and the use of all Hotel facilities, in either case without charge, as the case may be, but for no more than an aggregate of sixty (60) days without the Owner’s prior written consent.
4.5. Operator shall not be liable for any failure of the Hotels to comply prior to the Commencement Date with any federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, permits, judgments, orders and decrees affecting labor union activities, civil rights or employment in the United States, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1870, 42 U.S.C. §1981, the Civil Rights Acts of 1871, 42 U.S.C. §1983 the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. §201, et seq. , the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §2000e, et seq. , as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, 29 U.S.C. §621, et seq. , the Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. §701, et seq. , the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 29 U.S.C. §706, 42 U.S.C. §12101, et seq. , the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 301, et seq. , the Equal Pay Act, 29 U.S.C. §201, et seq. , the National Labor Relations Act, 29 U.S.C. §151, et seq. , and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes (collectively, as amended from time to time, and together with any similar laws now or hereafter enacted, the “Employment Laws” ).
4.6. Operator shall from time to time develop and implement policies, procedures and programs for the Hotels (collectively, the “Employment Policies” ) reasonably designed to effect compliance with the Employment Laws. The Employment Policies shall be consistent with industry standards from time to time for reputable hotel management companies.
4.7 Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, the hiring of any new candidates for the Key Hotel Personnel positions shall be subject to Owner’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld so long as the candidate is reasonably qualified to perform the position based on the candidate’s education and experience. If requested by Owner, Operator shall make a candidate for a Key Hotel Personnel position available to interview with Owner’s representative at Owner’s offices

7


 

(or other mutually agreeable location) at a mutually agreeable reasonable time. In the event Owner fails to respond in writing to a request for approval from Operator within five (5) days of the latter of (i) such request, or (ii) the provision to Owner of a written summary of such candidate’s education, professional experience and qualifications, Owner shall be deemed to have provided such approval. If Owner becomes dissatisfied with the performance of any Key Hotel Personnel, Owner may meet with senior management of the Operator to resolve such dissatisfaction. Operator will give Owner not less than fourteen (14) days prior notice of any proposed transfer of any Key Hotel Personnel. For the purposes hereof, “ Key Hotel Personnel ” shall be defined as the following individuals, to the extent employed at a Hotel: General Manager.
4.8 Operator, as the sole employer, shall have the duty and responsibility to negotiate with any labor union lawfully entitled to represent its Hotel Employees. Operator shall consult with Owner before and during any discussions about strategies, objectives, tactics, proposals and agreements as well as keep the Owner fully informed as to the progress of any negotiations and any agreements that are reached. Nothing in this Section 4.8 shall require Operator to employ persons belonging to labor unions. In addition, Operator shall consult with Owner during the course of any negotiations with such labor union. Operator shall use diligent efforts to settle and compromise all controversies and disputes arising under any labor union contracts affecting the Hotel Employees upon such terms and conditions as Operator reasonably deems to be in Owner’s best interests. Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement Operator may enter into no labor union agreement, settlement or compromise that shall be binding upon Owner (either directly or as a successor under any agreement or indirectly as an agreement covering union representation or Operator’s policies with respect to wages and conditions applicable to the Hotels) without the prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
ARTICLE V
PROVISION OF FUNDS
5.1. In performing its services under this Agreement, Operator shall act solely as agent and for the account of Owner. Operator shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent it is unable to perform any obligation due to the lack of available funds from the operation of the Hotels or as otherwise provided by Owner.
5.2. Operator shall in no event be required (i) to advance any of its funds (whether by waiver or deferral of its management fees or otherwise) for the operation of the Hotels or (ii) to incur any liability unless Owner shall have furnished Operator with funds necessary for the discharge thereof prior to incurring such liability.
5.3 Owner acknowledges that prior to and during the two (2) weeks following the Commencement Date, Manager will undertake certain transition activities which are necessary to effectuate Manager’s take-over of management of the Hotels, and that Manager will incur expenses in connection with such transition activities, which are described and estimated in the transition budget (“Transition Budget”) attached hereto as Exhibit E . Owner expressly agrees to reimburse Operator for fifty percent (50%) of the expenses incurred in connection with the transition activities during such period, which are not to exceed the amounts set forth in the Transition Budget unless

8


 

otherwise approved by Owner, whether incurred prior to or following the Commencement Date. Owner agrees to pay such amounts within thirty (30) days after written demand by Operator, as issued from time to time.
ARTICLE VI
CENTRALIZED SERVICES; MULTI-PROPERTY PROGRAMS;
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
6.1. Operator may, subject to the Budgets, provide or cause its affiliated companies to provide for the Hotels and their guests the full benefit of any reservations system hereafter established by Operator or its affiliates and provide, or cause its affiliated companies to provide, such aspects of any accounting or purchasing services, other group benefits and services, revenue management services, on-site sales training, associate satisfaction surveys, Operator’s national training program and other training as are made available generally to similar properties managed by Operator (individually and collectively, “Centralized Services” ). Subject to the provisions of the applicable Budget, Operator or such of Operator’s affiliated companies as provide Centralized Services shall be entitled to be reimbursed for each Hotel’s share of the total costs that are reasonably incurred in providing such Centralized Services on a system-wide basis to hotels and motels managed by Operator or its affiliates which costs may include, without limitation, salaries (including payroll taxes and employee benefits) of employees and officers of Operator and its affiliates, costs of all equipment employed in the provision of such services and a reasonable charge for overhead. Each Hotel’s share of such costs shall be determined in an equitable manner by Operator (which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Owner) and substantiated to Owner after each Fiscal Year (as hereinafter defined), shall be an Operating Expense of the Hotels and shall be borne by Owner and paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account or if the amounts therein are insufficient by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Operator shall maintain and make available to Owner invoices or other evidence supporting all of the charges for Centralized Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator’s fee for providing centralized accounting services shall be the Accounting Fee (as defined in Section 9.2 hereof). Owner acknowledges and agrees that (i) Operator has disclosed to Owner the types of Centralized Services Operator currently makes available to properties which it operates, (ii) the Hotels are likely to receive substantial benefit from its participation in such Centralized Services, (iii) Operator is not obligated to provide such Centralized Services under Article III of this Agreement, (iv) Operator is entitled to payment for such Centralized Services in the manner set forth above in addition to its Basic Fee and Incentive Fee, and (v) the receipt by Operator of any such payment does not breach any fiduciary or other duty which Operator may have to Owner. A list of the Centralized Services currently offered by Operator to hotels operated by Operator is attached hereto as Exhibit F .
6.2. Owner acknowledges and agrees that Operator may, subject to the Budgets, enter into certain purchasing, maintenance, service or other contracts with respect to the Hotels (collectively, “Multi-Property Programs” ) pursuant to which Operator or affiliates of Operator receive rebates, discounts, cash or other incentives, administration fees, concessions, profit participations, stock or stock options, investment rights or similar payments or economic consideration (collectively, “Operator Rebates” ) from or in, as applicable, the vendors or suppliers of goods or services provided under such Multi-Property Programs. Owner acknowledges and agrees that (i) Operator

9


 

has disclosed to Owner the types of Multi-Property Programs Operator currently makes available to properties which it operates and (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section, (1) the Hotels are likely to receive substantial benefit from its participation in such Multi-Property Programs which the Hotels could not obtain on their own and for which Operator is not adequately compensated by its Basic Fee and Incentive Fee and (2) any and all Operator Rebates are the sole property of Operator and not Owner. To the extent any such Operator Rebate is specifically designated for one or more Hotels, Operator shall disclose to the amount of such Operator Rebate to Owner. To the extent the Operator Rebates from the Multi-Property Programs exceed all costs and expenses in managing and overseeing the Multi-Property Programs during any Fiscal Year, such excess shall be allocated ratably among all of the hotels that participated in the Multi-Property Programs by using such excess (i) to develop — both internally and externally — and establish additional associate training programs; (ii) to compensate third-party experts who provided such training; and (iii) to provide other benefits for the hotels such as third-party food and beverage consulting expertise. The excess is allocated by multiplying the amount of such excess by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount of purchases through the Multi-Property Programs made by a Hotel and the denominator of which is the total amount of purchases through the Multi-Property Programs made by all of the hotels managed by Operator that participate in the Multi-Property Programs. The Owner has the right to require that (i) one or more of the purchasing, maintenance, service or other goods, services or other benefits contracted for in the Multi-Property Programs may be purchased from a provider designated by Owner other than the party providing the Multi-Property Programs, and (ii) Operator put out for competitive bid any one or more goods or services provided through the Multi-Property Program; provided that, Owner cannot require early termination of a contract within a Multi-Property Program unless such early termination is permitted by the terms of such contract.
6.3. The Hotels shall incur, as an Operating Expense, subject to the Budgets, fees for certain information technology services, including, but not limited to: (i) de-centralized accounting support services, pursuant to Section 9.2, (ii) Operator’s IT Central Support Services (support desk and e-mail services), (iii) Operator’s IT Delphi System Support (centralized sales and catering software application), (iv) license fees equal to the Operator’s actual costs for use of certain Microsoft software applications at the Hotels, and (v) Virtual Private Network ( “VPN” ) Connectivity and Support (connection to Operator’s software applications via secure internet connection). For purposes of the VPN, Operator may install hardware at the Hotels, which shall be Owner’s property, and the cost thereof shall be chargeable as an Operating Expense. In addition, Owner shall pay the costs of all information technology equipment, software and costs associated with business process changes from time to time to (i) comply with the operating standards required by the Major Agreements, (ii) make reasonable adaptations to changing technology, (iii) be otherwise consistent with industry standards for similar hotel operations, and (iv) achieve and sustain compliance on an on-going basis with the then current Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards and other applicable information security and operating rules and regulations of the credit card associations, and applicable data protection and privacy laws and regulations. A list of the fees payable to Operator pursuant to this Section 6.3 (the “IT Fees” ) is included in Exhibit F , subject to change as set forth in the Budgets for each Fiscal Year. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the term, such fees shall be incurred by the Hotels and payable to Operator on a monthly basis. All IT Fees shall be an Operating Expense, shall be included in and subject to the Budgets and shall be paid or reimbursed to Operator out of the Agency Account or, if the funds therein are insufficient, by Owner.

10


 

6.4 To the extent requested by Owner, Operator may provide project management services in connection with the procurement and installation of additional information technology for the Hotels on terms and conditions (including separate fees for such services) mutually agreed upon by Owner and Operator.
ARTICLE VII
WORKING CAPITAL AND BANK ACCOUNTS
7.1. Owner will provide Operator with working capital for the Hotels in the amount of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000) (the “ Working Capital ”). Owner shall at all times provide, either from Total Revenues or from other funds of Owner, sufficient funds as determined in the good faith business judgment of Operator to constitute normal working capital for the uninterrupted and efficient operation of the Hotels (but which, in no event, shall be an amount less than the Working Capital), including without limitation funds sufficient to operate, maintain and equip the Hotels in accordance with all Major Agreements and to maintain the Hotels in accordance with the Hotel Standard. The Working Capital amount required under this Section 7.1 shall be increased (but not decreased) annually on the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Year by the same percentage as any percentage increase in the CPI (as defined in Section 8.6) from the first day of the prior Fiscal Year through the first day of such succeeding Fiscal Year.
Upon Operator’s written notice to Owner that additional funds are required to pay necessary Operating Expenses (including but not limited to payroll expenses), Owner shall provide the funds necessary to pay such Operating Expenses within three (3) business days following Owner’s receipt of such notice. Any such failure to provide such funding shall constitute a breach under this Agreement. If Operator chooses to fund any such expenses (which shall be totally at Operator’s sole discretion), Operator may, in addition to all other rights, repay itself as soon as any funds are available, and pay itself interest upon such sum from the date payment was made at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus three hundred (300) basis points.
7.2. All funds received by Operator in the operation of the Hotels, including working capital furnished by Owner, shall be deposited in a special account or accounts (the “Agency Account” ) in such federally insured bank, savings and loan or trust company as may be selected by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator. Any successor or substitute bank, savings and loan or trust company shall be selected in the same manner. Operator shall pay all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges on behalf of Owner from the Agency Account; provided, however, that Operator shall not be obligated to pay any Operating Expenses or Fixed Charges in the event that such funds are not currently available in the Agency Account. Upon Owner’s written request and direction, Operator shall pay on behalf of Owner from the Agency Account (but only to the extent that such funds are available in the Agency Account following the payment of all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges), such other fixed expenses as may be requested by Owner (e.g., debt service, ground lease payments, capital costs, etc.) (“ Owner Expenses ”); provided, however, Operator will not be required to pay such Owner Expenses until Operator receives Owner’s written request and direction to do so (including copies of any material agreements) (“ Owner’s Expense Notice ”). Owner agrees to provide Owner’s Expense Notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the first

11


 

payment by Operator is due, and such Owner’s Expense Notice shall only be revocable upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Owner.
7.3. A. The Agency Account shall be in the name of the Hotel(s), with Operator as agent for Owner (bearing Owner’s Federal tax identification number), and shall be under the control of Operator. The FF&E Reserve Account (as defined in Section 11.1) shall be in the name of Owner and under the control of Owner. Checks or other documents of withdrawal from the Agency Account shall be signed only by Operator’s representatives, provided that such representatives shall be bonded or otherwise insured in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner. The premiums for bonding or other insurance shall be an Operating Expense except for premiums for bonding off-site executive employees of Operator. No later than ninety (90) days following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, all remaining amounts in the Agency Account shall be transferred to Owner. The Operator shall not co-mingle any Agency Account funds with any other funds of Operator or funds from hotels that are not Hotels.
     B. Except for the payroll account referred to below, Operator shall not maintain, for the deposit of revenues generated at the Hotels, any bank account in Operator’s sole name. Working Capital shall be adjusted as appropriate in the mutual judgment of Owner and Operator, and within three (3) business days of written notice, Owner shall advance additional funds deemed necessary to maintain Working Capital or Operator shall return any amounts deemed unnecessary to maintain as Working Capital as is requested by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator. At such time as Owner enters into a credit facility with a Lender, provided that such credit facility provides for the payment of necessary disbursements, checks and transfers by Operator on behalf of Owner, Operator shall arrange such daily sweeps of cash into such accounts as is requested by Owner, so long as there is sufficient money available to pay payroll and normal operating expenses.
     C. All sums received from the operation of the Hotels and any and all items paid by Operator arising by virtue of management of the Hotels shall pass through the Agency Account. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to deprive Operator of the right to maintain separate payroll accounts or petty cash funds and to make payments therefrom as the same are customary in the hotel business.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS AND STATEMENTS; BUDGETS
8.1. Operator shall keep full and accurate books of account and other records reflecting the results of the operation of the Hotels in accordance with the “Uniform System of Accounts for the Lodging Industry” (Tenth Revised Edition 2006, as further revised from time to time) as adopted by the American Hotel & Lodging Educational Institute (the “Uniform System” ) with such exceptions as may be required by the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that Operator may, with prior notice to Owner, make such modifications to the methodology in the Uniform System as are consistent with Operator’s standard practice in accounting for its operations under management contracts generally and applicable to substantially all of the hotels managed by Operator, so long as such modifications do not affect the determination of Total Revenues, Operating Expenses or Fixed Charges under Article X. Except for the books and records which may be kept in Operator’s home

12


 

office or other suitable location pursuant to the adoption of a central billing system or other centralized service, the books of account and all other records relating to or reflecting the operation of the Hotels shall be kept at the Hotels and shall be available to Owner and its representatives at all reasonable times for examination, audit, inspection and transcription. All of such books and records including, without limitation, books of account, guest records and front office records, shall be the property of Owner. Upon any termination of this Agreement, physical possession of all of such books and records shall be transferred to Owner, but shall thereafter be available to Operator at all reasonable times for inspection, audit, examination and transcription for a period of five (5) years. Owner shall reimburse Operator for any costs or expenses incurred by Operator in connection with any assistance requested by Owner to determine the inventory of books and records for retention, which determination shall be Owner’s responsibility; provided, however, that Owner shall be specifically required to, and Operator may, retain a copy of all sales tax returns and supporting documents relating to all tax reporting periods for the Hotels covered by the Term.
8.2. Operator shall deliver to Owner within ten (10) business days after the end of each month, the following items for each Hotel and a consolidated report for all Hotels (collectively, the “Monthly Reports” ):
  A.   A balance sheet as of the last day of such month;
 
  B.   A source and use of funds statement for such month;
 
  C.   An income and expense statement for such month;
 
  D.   Detailed departmental income and expense statements for such month;
 
  E.   A report listing updated operating projections and forecasts for the remainder of the Fiscal Year;
 
  F.   A variance report showing expense line-items that exceed the Budget by more than Five Hundred Dollars ($500); and
 
  G.   Such other monthly reports as Owner may reasonably request and to which Operator agrees in writing.
The Monthly Reports shall be prepared in accordance with the Uniform System and/or other applicable generally accepted accounting principles as promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ GAAP ”) but in all events consistent with this Agreement. In addition to the Monthly Reports, the Operator shall allow the Owner reasonable access at Owner’s request to Operator’s internal electronic reporting software systems to review information related to the Hotels.
8.3. Year-end unaudited financial statements for each Hotel and a consolidated report for all Hotels (including a balance sheet, income statement and statement of sources and uses of funds) shall be prepared and delivered to Owner within twenty-five (25) days following Fiscal Year end. Owner may request that the financial statements be audited by an independent certified public

13


 

accountant. Such accountant shall address any findings, reports or opinions that concern Operator’s work under this Agreement to both Operator and Owner. Owner shall pay the cost of such audit and Operator shall provide reasonable assistance with such accountant in the preparation of such statements.
8.4. On or before each November 1 during the Term, Operator shall submit to Owner for the next Fiscal Year the following items for each Hotel (collectively, the “Budgets” ):
  A.   An operating budget (the “Operating Budget” ) setting forth in reasonable line-item detail the projected income from and expenses of all aspects of the operations of the Hotel;
 
  B.   A capital budget (the “Capital Budget” ) setting forth in reasonable line-item detail proposed capital projects and expenditures for the Hotel including but not limited to FF&E expenditures which, if any, will be expensed in the then current Fiscal Year in accordance with GAAP;
 
  C.   A marketing and strategic sales plan for the Hotel;
 
  D.   A cash flow analysis for the Hotel; and
 
  E.   Such other reports or projections as Owner may reasonably request and to which Operator agrees in writing.
Owner and Operator shall start meetings and discussions for the Budgets no later than October 1 of each Fiscal Year. The Operating Budget shall include: a detailed operating budget showing estimated Gross Operating Profit, department profits, all Operating Expenses and Fixed Charges; a marketing plan, marketing and sales strategies, objectives and tactics, a detailed competitive analysis and everything else typically included in a hotel marketing plan including projections of average daily room rates and average daily occupancy; a cash flow forecast; projections for and limits on discounted and complementary rooms and services, estimated corporate reimbursements to Operator and its affiliates, including without limitation, Centralized Services and Multi-Property Programs and Operator Rebates. All of the foregoing information shall be set forth in reasonable detail, including by month and compared by month, quarter and year to the prior year, and, where appropriate, with the basis for all assumptions expressly set forth. Owner shall review the proposed Budgets and deliver to Operator its comments and suggested changes within fourteen (14) days after Owner’s receipt of such Operating Budget and Capital Budget, respectively. Within ten (10) days after receiving Owner’s objection(s) to the proposed Budgets, Owner and Operator shall meet at the applicable Hotel (or such other location as they may agree) and endeavor in good faith to resolve such objections and arrive at approved Budgets. Operator shall submit revised Budgets within fourteen (14) days of any meeting. Owner shall thereafter have fourteen (14) days to review the revised Budgets and advise Operator in writing of any objections to thereto. Owner’s notice shall include a reasonably detailed explanation of each objection. This process shall continue until there is an approved Operating Budget and Capital Budget. If Owner approves any proposed Budgets, whether before or after any such exchange of comments and suggestions, then such proposed Budgets shall become the approved Budgets for the Fiscal Year to which it relates. Operator shall

14


 

not be deemed to have made any guarantee, warranty of representation whatsoever in connection with the Budgets or with respect to the economic performance or profitability of the Hotels, and Owner acknowledges that the Budgets and any other projections previously or hereafter prepared by Operator are intended only to be reasonable estimates and that actual results may vary due to unanticipated events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date of such Budgets or projection and unforeseen circumstances, including but not limited to, cost of labor, material, services and supplies, casualty, law, economic or market conditions may make adherence to the Budgets impracticable. If the Owner and Operator cannot agree upon the Budgets, the parties agree to submit their claims to either PKF Consulting or HVS (or other mutually agreeable hospitality consultant) to act as a mediator to assist the parties in finalization of the Budgets.
8.5. Upon approval of the Budgets by Owner, Operator shall use diligent and commercially reasonable efforts to operate the Hotels substantially in accordance with the Budgets. Operator shall not, without Owner’s prior approval:
  A.   Incur any expense for any line-item in the Operating Budget which causes the aggregate expenditures for such line-item to exceed the budgeted amount by the lesser of (i) 10% or (ii) $5,000 for the applicable fiscal period set forth in the Operating Budget, provided that, aggregate expenses shall not exceed those provided in the Operating Budget by more than two percent (2%) and provided further that, Operator may at Owner’s cost and expense, without Owner’s approval, (x) pay any expenses (the “Necessary Expenses” ) regardless of amount, which are necessary for the continued operation of the Hotels in accordance with the requirements of any Major Agreement and the operational standards set forth in this Agreement and which are not within the reasonable control of Operator (including, but not limited to, those for insurance, taxes, utility charges and debt service), (y) pay Emergency Expenses regardless of amount; provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such emergency, and/or (z) pay any third-party operating expenses which are commercially desirable to be incurred in order to obtain unbudgeted Hotel revenue in the ordinary course of operating the Hotels in accordance with the then current business plan provided that such unbudgeted revenue is reasonably certain and sufficient in Operator’s reasonable professional judgment to offset such expenses ( “Opportunity Expenses” ); provided, that such additional expenses shall be proportionally equal to or less than the projected additional revenue to be realized.
 
  B.   Incur any expense for any line-item in the Capital Budget which causes the aggregate expenditures for such capital line-item or related series of capital line-items to exceed the budgeted amount by the lesser of (i) 10% or (ii) $5,000, provided that Operator may, without Owner’s approval, pay any Emergency Expenses which are capital in nature; provided that, Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of the need for such Emergency Expenses prior to incurring them and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator becomes aware of such emergency.

15


 

8.6. If the Budgets (or any component of the Budgets) with respect to any Fiscal Year are disapproved by Owner as provided in Section 8.4 then, until approval of the Budgets (or such components) by Owner, Operator until the resolution of such dispute shall cause the Hotels to be operated substantially in accordance with most recent approved Budgets, except for, or as modified by, (a) those components of such Budgets for the applicable Fiscal Year approved by Owner, (b) an adjustment to the disputed Budgets so as to increase (but not decrease) disputed expense items by the same percentage as any percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index — All Urban Consumers (U.S. City Average) (1982-1984 =100), or any successor index thereto appropriately adjusted (the “CPI” ), from the CPI in effect on the first day of the first month of the Fiscal Year applicable to such last approved Budget to the CPI in effect on the first day of the first month of the Fiscal Year applicable to the disputed Budgets, (c) Necessary Expenses which shall be paid as required, (d) Emergency Expenses which shall be paid as required and (e) Opportunity Expenses.
8.7 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement granting Operator the authority to enter into contracts, perform repairs and improvements, or incur expenditures on behalf of Owner, Operator shall not be authorized to take any actions or incur any expenditures that would be inconsistent with the Operating Budgets described in Section 8.4 (but subject to the right of Operator to deviate from such Budgets to the extent permitted in Sections 8.5 and 8.6).
8.8. Owner recognizes the necessity for regular replacement of FF&E (the “ FF&E Replacements ”). Owner in its sole and absolute discretion agrees to expend such amounts for FF&E Replacements as shall be approved in the Budgets. For the avoidance of doubt, any approval of FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures in any Budgets, shall only be the starting point and the actual implementation and timing of such FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures shall be subject to approval by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion. Owner acknowledges that, in order for the Operator to be able to operate the Hotels in accordance with the Hotel Standard, it is necessary that Owner exercise reasonable discretion in determining the amounts necessary for FF&E Replacements and the actual timing of such FF&E Replacements and capital expenditures. Each contract to provide FF&E and for capital expenditures must be approved by Owner. For routine FF&E Replacements, after contract approval, (a) Operator may incur any expenditure for FF&E Replacements during any Fiscal Year which has been specifically approved in the Budgets without further Owner’s approval and (b) Owner shall fund payments therefor from the FF&E Reserve Account (as defined in Section 11.1) (or from other Owner funds) directly to the vendor and handle all processing and accounting of such payments. For capital projects and non-routine FF&E Replacements (a) if Owner desires Operator to coordinate such items, such arrangements shall be subject to Owner and Operator (or its affiliate) entering into a separate written agreement pursuant to Section 3.5(E) hereof and (b) Owner shall fund payments therefor from the FF&E Reserve Account (or from other Owner funds) directly to the vendor and handle all processing and accounting of such payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operator shall be permitted to incur and pay Emergency Expenses as permitted under Sections 3.5(H), Article 8 and Article 14.
All proceeds from the sale of FF&E no longer needed for the operation of the Hotels shall be distributed to Owner, subject to the terms of any Major Agreements.
8.9 The Operator will give Owner and its agents access to the accounting working papers related

16


 

to the Hotels from the Operator’s accountants and the SAS 70 certification or any deficiencies with respect thereto noted by their auditor. The Operator shall cooperate with and supply such certifications as are reasonably required from those providing services to or for a public “reporting company” under the applicable statutes and rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and other applicable laws, all as amended or replaced, and Operator will with its auditors assist the Owner and its affiliates in any SAS 70 compliance or similar audit. With respect to Operator’s centralized accounting office in Dallas, Texas, such papers and reports shall be supplied free of charge. Owner shall pay the cost of obtaining such reports for any other centralized accounting office servicing the Hotels.
ARTICLE IX
MANAGEMENT FEES
AND PAYMENTS TO OPERATOR AND OWNER
9.1. Owner shall pay to Operator, on a monthly basis, for services rendered under this Agreement a management fee (the “Basic Fee” ) equal to three percent (3.0%) of Total Revenues during any Fiscal Year or portion thereof.
9.2. In addition to the Basic Fee, Owner shall pay to Operator, on a monthly basis, for its centralized accounting services a fee (the “Accounting Fee” ) during the Term and for three (3) months after the termination of this Agreement equal to One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) per month for Hotels with ninety (90) or more rooms and One Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($1,375) per month for Hotels with less than ninety (90) rooms. The Accounting Fee shall be increased (but not decreased) annually on the first day of each succeeding Fiscal Year by the lesser of (i) the same percentage as any percentage increase in the CPI from the first day of the prior Fiscal Year through the first day of such succeeding Fiscal Year and (ii) three percent (3%).
9.3. In addition to the Basic Fee and the Accounting Fee, commencing with the Fiscal Year beginning January 1, 2011 Owner shall pay to Operator an incentive management fee (the “Incentive Fee ”) equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount by which actual aggregate EBITDA (as defined in Article X) for all the Hotels exceeds Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000), subject to adjustment for increases and decreases in the number of Hotels as described in this Section 9.3 (the “ Incentive Fee Threshold ”). If a Hotel is removed from this Agreement during a Fiscal Year, for purposes of the Incentive Fee calculation (i) the Incentive Fee Threshold for such Fiscal Year and thereafter shall be reduced by an amount equal to the actual trailing 12-month EBITDA of such Hotel as of the effective date of termination of with respect to such Hotel and (ii) the actual EBITDA of such Hotel for such Fiscal Year through the date of termination shall be removed from the aggregate year-end EBITDA for all the Hotels. If a Hotel is added to this Agreement during a Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 24.1, for purposes of the Incentive Fee calculation (i) the Incentive Fee Threshold for such Fiscal Year and thereafter shall be increased by an amount equal to the actual trailing 12-month EBITDA of such Hotel as of the date such Hotel was added to this Agreement and (ii) the actual EBITDA of such Hotel for such Fiscal Year (including any portion of such Fiscal Year occurring prior to the date such Hotel was added to the Management Agreement) shall be added to

17


 

the aggregate year-end EBITDA for all the Hotels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total Incentive Fee payable to Operator for all the Hotels for any Fiscal Year (or partial Fiscal Year) shall not exceed one and one half percent (1.5%) of Total Revenues of all the Hotels for such Fiscal Year (or partial Fiscal Year). In any case in which the effective date of termination falls prior to the end of a calendar month, the trailing 12-month EBITDA shall be determined as of the end of the prior month. Examples of the foregoing calculations are attached hereto on Exhibit G .
9.4. In each month during the Term, Operator shall be paid out of the Agency Account the following payments for the preceding month: (a) the Basic Fee, (b) the Accounting Fee, and (c) any expense reimbursements due to Operator, as determined from the monthly income and expense statement. Such payment shall be due and made upon delivery of the income and expense statement for such month and shall be deducted by Operator out of the Agency Account. The Incentive Fee for any Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year during the Term shall be paid to Operator within thirty (30) days after the end of the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year at the time of delivery of the income and expense statement for the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year, shall be payable based upon the computation of the Incentive Fee on a cumulative basis through the end of the Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.6.
9.5. On or before the tenth (10th) day following the last day of each calendar month (or such other fiscal period as Owner and Operator may determine) of each Fiscal Year during the Term, after (a) payment of Operating Expenses, Fixed Charges and, to the extent the same are to be paid by Operator under this Agreement, debt service, ground rent, capital costs and other amounts, (b) payment or reserving of installments on account of the Incentive Fee, (c) deposits to the FF&E Reserve Account in accordance with the Budget, (d) any required payment to Operator pursuant to Section 9.6 below and (e) retention of working capital as required under Section 7.1 above, all remaining funds in the Agency Account shall be paid to Owner.
9.6. At the end of each Fiscal Year and following receipt by Owner of the annual financial statements set forth in Section 8.3 (or, if audited, following Owner’s receipt of such audited financial statements), an adjustment will be made, if necessary, based on the audit so that Operator shall have received the accurate Basic Fee and Incentive Fee for such Fiscal Year. Within thirty (30) days of receipt by Owner and Operator of such audit, Operator shall either (a) place in the Agency Account or remit to Owner, as appropriate, any excess amounts Operator may have received for such fees during such calendar year or (b) be paid out of the Agency Account or by Owner, as appropriate, any deficiency in the amounts due Operator for the Basic Fee and the Incentive Fee. If such annual audit does not reveal that adjustment should be made to the calculation of the fees payable to Operator, the calculation of the fees shall be deemed final unless Owner objects to such calculation within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the applicable Fiscal Year.
9.7. Owner shall be liable for and shall pay or indemnify Operator for any applicable sales, use, excise consumption or similar taxes that are payable to any taxing jurisdiction with respect to any fees, reimbursements or other amounts due to Operator under this Agreement to ensure that the net amount of such fees, reimbursements or other amounts received by Operator shall be equal to the full amount that Operator would have otherwise received if no such taxes applied to such amounts. This Section 9.7 does not apply to federal or state income taxes payable by Operator as a result of its gross or net income relating to any fees collected under this Agreement.

18


 

ARTICLE X
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
10.1. A. The term “Total Revenues” shall mean all income, revenue and proceeds resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of the Hotels and all of its facilities (net of refunds and credits to guests and other items deemed “Allowances” under the Uniform System) which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question, but in all cases subject to the terms of this Agreement. Subject to Section 10.1(B), Total Revenues shall include, without limitation, all amounts derived from:
(i) The rentals of rooms, banquet facilities and conference facilities;
(ii) The sale of food and beverage whether sold in a bar, lounge or restaurant, delivered to a guest room, sold through an in-room facility or vending machines, provided in meeting or banquet rooms or sold through catering operations, including for any events held off-site of Hotel premises;
(iii) Charges for admittance to or the use of any parking facilities, recreational facilities or any entertainment events at the Hotels;
(iv) Rentals paid under Leases (percentage rent based on the receipts of the tenant, licensee or concessionaire paid to the Hotel or Owner is included in such rentals, but the underlying receipts of any tenant, licensee or concessionaire are not);
(v) Charges for other Hotel services or amenities, including, but not limited to, telephone service, in-room movies, laundry services and spa services; and
(vi) The gross revenue amount on which the proceeds of business interruption or similar insurance are determined, with respect to any period for which such proceeds are received.
     B. Total Revenues shall not include:
(i) Sales or use taxes or similar governmental impositions collected by Owner or Operator;
(ii) Tips, service charges and other gratuities received by Hotel Employees;
(iii) Proceeds of insurance except as set forth in Section 10.1(A);
(iv) Proceeds of the sale or condemnation of the Hotels, any interest therein or any other asset of Owner not sold in the ordinary course of business, or the proceeds of any loans or financings;

19


 

(v) Capital contributed by Owner to the Hotels; and
(vi) The receipts of any tenant, licensee or concessionaire under a Lease.
10.2. A. The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean all costs and expenses of maintaining, conducting and supervising the operation of the Hotels and all of their facilities which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question, but in all cases subject to the terms of this Agreement. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation:
  (i)   The cost of all Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies;
 
  (ii)   Salaries and wages of Hotel Employees, including costs of payroll taxes, employee benefits and severance payments. The salaries or wages of off-site employees or off-site executives of Operator shall not be Operating Expenses, provided that if it becomes necessary for an off-site employee or executive of Operator to temporarily perform services at a Hotel of a nature normally performed by Hotel Employees, his salary (including payroll taxes and employee benefits) for such period only as well as his traveling expenses shall be Operating Expenses and reimbursed to Operator;
 
  (iii)   The cost of all other goods and services obtained in connection with the operation of the Hotels including, without limitation, heat and utilities, laundry, landscaping and exterminating services and office supplies;
 
  (iv)   The cost of all non-capital repairs to and maintenance of the Hotels;
 
  (v)   Insurance premiums (or the allocable portion thereof in the case of blanket policies) for all insurance maintained under Article XII (other than insurance against physical damage to the Hotels) and losses incurred on any self-insured risks (including deductibles);
 
  (vi)   All taxes, assessments, permit fees, inspection fees, and water and sewer charges and other charges (other than income or franchise taxes) payable by or assessed against Owner with respect to the operation of the Hotels, excluding Property Taxes (as defined in Section 10.3);
 
  (vii)   Legal fees and fees of any independent certified public accountant for services directly related to the operation of the Hotels and their facilities;
 
  (viii)   All expenses for advertising the Hotel and all expenses of sales promotion and public relations activities;
 
  (ix)   All out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements reasonably incurred by Operator, pursuant to, in the course of, and directly related to, the management and operation of the Hotels under this Agreement, which fees and disbursements shall be paid out of the Agency Account or paid or

20


 

      reimbursed by Owner to Operator upon demand. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such charges may include all reasonable travel, telephone, telegram, facsimile, air express and other incidental expenses and any fees or expenditures required for Operator to operate the Hotels in the given jurisdiction, but, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall not include any of the regular expenses of the central offices maintained by Operator, other than offices maintained at the Hotels for the management of the Hotels. Operator shall maintain and make available to Owner invoices or other evidence supporting such charges;
  (x)   The Accounting Fee and any fees or tax levied on those charges by the local jurisdiction;
 
  (xi)   Periodic payments made in the ordinary course of business under any applicable Franchise Agreement;
 
  (xii)   Any other item specified as an Operating Expense in this Agreement; and
 
  (xiii)   Any other cost or charge classified as an Operating Expense or an Administrative and General Expense under the Uniform System unless specifically excluded under the provisions of this Agreement.
     B. Operating Expenses shall not include:
  (i)   Amortization and depreciation;
 
  (ii)   The making of or the repayment of any loans or any interest thereon;
 
  (iii)   The costs of any alterations, additions or improvements which for Federal income tax purposes or under the Uniform System or GAAP must be capitalized and amortized over the life of such alteration addition or improvement;
 
  (iv)   Payments on account of any equipment lease that is to be capitalized under GAAP;
 
  (v)   Payments under any ground lease, space lease or easement agreement;
 
  (vi)   Payments into or out of the FF&E Reserve Account; or
 
  (vii)   Any item defined as a Fixed Charge in Section 10.3.
10.3. “Fixed Charges” shall mean the cost of the following items relating to the Hotels or their facilities which are properly attributable under the Uniform System to the period in question:
(i) Real estate taxes, assessments, personal property taxes and any other ad valorem taxes

21


 

imposed on or levied in connection with the Hotels, the Installations and the FF&E (collectively, “Property Taxes” );
  (ii)   Insurance against physical damage to the Hotels; and
 
  (iii)   The Basic Fee.
10.4. “Gross Operating Profit” shall mean the amount, if any, by which Total Revenues exceed Operating Expenses.
10.5. “EBITDA” for any period shall mean the amount, if any, by which Gross Operating Profit for such period exceeds Fixed Charges.
10.6. “Fiscal Year” shall mean each twelve (12) consecutive calendar month period or partial twelve (12) consecutive calendar month period within the Term commencing on January 1st (or, with respect to the first year of the Term, the Commencement Date) and ending on December 31st (or, with respect to the last year of the Term, the expiration or earlier termination of the Term) unless Owner and Operator otherwise agree.
10.7. “ Operating Loss ” shall mean the amount, if any, by which Operating Expenses exceed Total Revenues.
ARTICLE XI
FF&E RESERVE
11.1. In addition to the Agency Account established by Operator pursuant to Section 7.2, Owner shall establish an account in Owner’s name at the same institution (or other institution mutually agreed upon by Owner and Operator) to be used for replacements, substitutions and additions to the FF&E (the “FF&E Reserve Account” ). For the replacements, substitutions and additions for Fiscal Year 2011, following the Commencement Date, Owner shall fund the FF&E Reserve Account from amounts allocated from the proceeds of the initial public offering of stock by Owner’s affiliate or from other sources of capital available to Owner or Owner’s affiliates. Thereafter, to the extent directed by Owner at its sole discretion, during each Fiscal Year beginning in 2012 there shall be allocated and paid on a monthly basis to the FF&E Reserve Account from Total Revenues or other funds provided by Owner an amount equal to four percent (4%) of Total Revenues for such Fiscal Year or such amount as may be required under the Major Agreements, whichever is greater. So long as Operator complies with any direction by Owner to deposit amounts into the FF&E Reserve Account and to the extent funds are available to so comply, Owner shall be solely responsible for complying with any FF&E Reserve requirements under the Major Agreements.
11.2. All funds in the FF&E Reserve Account, together with any interest earned thereon and the proceeds of any sale of FF&E (which proceeds shall, to the extent directed by Owner at its sole discretion, be deposited in the FF&E Reserve Account) shall be used solely for purposes of replacing or refurbishing the FF&E in accordance with the applicable Capital Budget. Any funds remaining in the FF&E Reserve Account at the end of a Fiscal Year may, at Operator’s sole

22


 

discretion, be carried forward to the next Fiscal Year. The FF&E Reserve Account may be pledged to any lender to the Hotels. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no additional FF&E Reserve Account shall be required to the extent any lender(s) require an FF&E reserve.
ARTICLE XII
INSURANCE
12.1. The following insurance with respect to each Hotel, to the extent such insurance is commercially available, shall be obtained by Owner and maintained throughout the Term at Owner’s sole cost and expense in the amounts as set forth on Exhibit H .
12.2. Operator shall obtain the following insurance with respect to the Hotel Employees and shall maintain such insurance during the Term of this Agreement at Owner’s sole cost and expense:
  A.   Worker’s compensation insurance or insurance required by similar employee benefit acts having a minimum per occurrence limit as Owner may deem advisable against all claims which may be brought for personal injury or death of Hotel Employees, but in any event not less than amounts prescribed by applicable state law;
 
  B.   Fidelity insurance, in such amounts and with such deductibles as Owner may require, covering Hotel Employees (including executive employees of Operator) or in job classifications normally insured in other hotels it manages in the United States or otherwise required by law; and
 
  C.   Employment Practices Liability Insurance ( “Employment Insurance” ) with reasonable limits and deductibles.
12.3. All insurance policies obtained by Owner in accordance with Section 12.1 shall name Owner as the insured party and shall name as additional insured parties (a) Operator, its subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers and employees and (b) such other parties as may be required by the terms of the Major Agreements as appropriate. Owner’s coverage shall be primary and non-contributory to any insurance obtained by the Operator.
12.4. All insurance policies shall be in such form and with such companies having a Best’s Rating of A+ or better as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Owner and/or Operator and provided Owner has given Operator detailed written notice of such requirements, shall comply with the requirements of any Major Agreement. Insurance may be provided under blanket or master policies covering one or more other hotels owned by Owner. The portion of the premium for any blanket or master policy which is allocated to each Hotel as an Operating Expense or Fixed Charge shall be determined in an equitable manner by Owner and reasonably approved by Operator and paid out of the Agency Account or, if the funds therein are insufficient, by Owner upon demand therefor by Operator. Such amount shall be determined by a suitable and customary formula applying the specific hotel exposures against appropriate rates to determine the premium allocation for each Hotel.

23


 

12.5. All insurance policies shall specify that they cannot be canceled or modified on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to both Owner and Operator and any additional insureds (or such longer period as may be required under a Major Agreement, provided that Operator has been advised in writing of such period) and shall provide that claims shall be paid notwithstanding any act or negligence of Owner, or Operator unilaterally or on behalf of Owner, including without limitation their respective agents or employees.
12.6. All insurance policies shall provide, to the extent customarily obtainable from the insurance company providing such insurance, that the insurance company will have no right of subrogation against Owner, Operator any party to a Major Agreement or any of their respective agents, employees, partners, members, officers, directors or beneficial owners.
12.7. Owner and Operator hereby release one another from any and all liability, to the extent of the waivers of subrogation obtained under Section 12.6, associated with any damage, loss or liability with respect to which property insurance coverage is provided pursuant to this Article or otherwise.
12.8. The proceeds of any insurance claim (other than proceeds payable to third parties under the terms of the applicable policy) shall be deposited into the Agency Account to the extent of Owner’s interest therein unless otherwise required by the terms of a Major Agreement.
12.9. Operator shall have the right to pay for, or reimburse itself for, insurance required under this Article XII out of the Agency Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Operator shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any insurance set forth in this Article if funds from Total Revenues or funds otherwise provided by Owner are not made available to Operator to purchase the same.
12.10. Subject to the provisions of the Budgets and with the prior written consent of the Owner, Operator may act, directly or indirectly, in a brokerage capacity with respect to the insurance required under this Article or as a direct insurer or reinsurer with respect to the same.
ARTICLE XIII
PROPERTY TAXES
13.1. Provided that funds from Total Revenues or funds otherwise provided by Owner are available, and provided that Operator has received written notice thereof sufficiently in advance to make such payments, Operator shall pay all Property Taxes on behalf of Owner not less than ten (10) days prior to the applicable due dates. Upon Owner’s request, Operator shall promptly furnish Owner with proof of payment of Property Taxes.
13.2. Owner may contest the validity or amount of any Property Tax (a “ Tax Contest ”), and Operator agrees to cooperate with Owner in a Tax Contest and execute any documents or pleadings required for such purpose, provided that the facts set forth in such documents or pleadings are accurate and that such cooperation or execution does not impose any liability on Operator. All costs and expenses incurred by Owner and Operator in connection with a Tax Contest shall be Fixed Expenses.

24


 

ARTICLE XIV
REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
14.1. Operator shall perform ordinary repairs and maintenance at the Hotels, subject to the Budgets and Owner providing sufficient funding, to keep the Hotels in compliance with the Hotel Standard. Ordinary repairs shall include only those which are normally expenses under GAAP. The cost of ordinary repairs shall be paid from Total Revenues and shall be treated as an Operating Expense.
14.2. Operator shall, from time-to-time, make or cause to be made replacements and renewals to the FF&E of the Hotels and shall make Routine Capital Expenditures (as defined below) in accordance with the Budgets and from the FF&E Reserve Account. Costs of the foregoing shall be expensed in the then-current Fiscal Year in accordance with GAAP. As used herein, Routine Capital Expenditures shall mean expenses which are classified as capital expenditures under GAAP and shall consist of non-material expenditures; by way of example, repainting interiors of the Hotels, resurfacing parking lots and other miscellaneous expenditures.
14.3. Operator shall prepare an annual estimate of non-Routine Capital Expenditures to the Hotels, including without limitation the structure, the exterior façade, the mechanical, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, or plumbing systems. Operator shall submit the estimate to the Owner for its approval at the time of the annual budgeting process as part of the Capital Budget.
14.4. After notice to Owner, if practicable, Operator may take appropriate remedial action without Owner consent in the event of: (i) an emergency threatening the health and safety of a Hotel or its guests or employees; or (ii) if the expenditures are necessary to avoid Operator’s exposure to any civil or criminal liability. Operator shall make good faith attempts to contact and notify Owner of prior to undertaking such remedial action and in all events shall notify Owner within twenty-four (24) hours after Operator takes such action. Operator shall have the right to participate in any decisions that affect any conditions as described in this Section 14.4.
14.5. If Owner directly performs or contracts for repair, maintenance, refurbishing, construction or renovations at a Hotel, Owner must coordinate, and require its contractors and subcontractors to coordinate, with Operator including, but not limited to, causing any Owner employees, contractors or subcontractors to comply with safety and security rules of the Hotel and communicate on a regular basis the activities being performed at the Hotel to assure the health, safety and efficient operation of the Hotel and its guests and employees. Owner must comply with all laws, obtain all necessary permits and shall provide Operator copies of any permits prior to commencement of any such activities.
ARTICLE XV
COVENANTS AND REPRESENTATIONS
15.1. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that it holds good and marketable leasehold title to the Hotels and that Land Holder holds good and marketable fee or leasehold title to the Hotels,

25


 

except for easements or encumbrances that do not adversely affect the operation of the Hotels, mortgages or liens for taxes, assessment levies or other public charges not yet due or payable.
15.2. Owner covenants and represents that, at a minimum, it has conducted Environmental Phase I surveys at the time Owner acquired or leased the Hotels and that there are no Hazardous Materials on any portion of the Hotels or their surrounding sites; that no Hazardous Materials have been released or discharged on the Hotels or their surrounding sites, in either case in violation of applicable law. Owner agrees that it has provided Operator with all information and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Hotels and any hazards that are contained in or around the Hotels, including, but not limited to, any Environmental Phase I or Phase II reports that may have been performed. Owner shall update Operator immediately upon any change of this information or status. In the event of the discovery of any Hazardous Materials on any portion of the Hotels or their surrounding sites, Owner shall promptly remove such Hazardous Materials that are at the Hotels in violation of applicable law and shall remedy the problem in accordance with all laws, rules and regulations of any governmental authority. Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold Operator harmless from and against all losses, expenses and liabilities (including but not limited to any professional fees incurred by Operator to assess the situation or obtain advice on how to proceed) in the event of a violation of this section or Owner’s failure to act promptly in accordance with this Section, except to the extent Operator is required to indemnify Owner under Section 23.1 hereof. Hazardous Materials shall mean any substance or material identified by any law, rule or regulation as being hazardous to the health and safety or guests or employees and requiring the monitoring, clean up or removal of such substance. Hazardous Materials shall include, but not be limited to, asbestos, lead-based paint and PCB’s.
15.3. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that neither it, nor any of its affiliates (or any of their respective principals, partners or funding sources), is nor will become (i) a person designated by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control as a “specially designated national or blocked person” or similar status, (ii) a person described in Section 1 of U.S. Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001; (iii) a person otherwise identified by a government or legal authority as a person with whom Owner or Operator is prohibited from transacting business; (iv) directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government; or (v) a person acting on behalf of a government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government. Owner agrees that it will notify Operator in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any event which would render the foregoing representations and warranties contained in this Section 15.3 incorrect.
15.4. Owner represents, warrants and covenants: (A) that it is familiar with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 778dd-2 (the “FCPA” ), a copy of which is available at http://www.usdoj.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa.html , and the purposes of the FCPA, and in particular, the FCPA’s prohibition of the payment or the gift of any item of value, either directly or indirectly, by a company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of its states, to an official of a foreign government for the purpose of influencing an act or decision in such person’s official capacity, or inducing such person to use influence with the foreign government to assist a company in obtaining or retaining business for, with, or in that foreign country or directing business to any person or company or obtaining an improper advantage, and (B) that it has not taken, and during the Term of this Agreement it will not take, any action that would constitute a violation of the FCPA or

26


 

any similar law.
15.5. Owner represents, warrants and covenants that it is in full compliance with all Major Agreements, that Owner has not received any notice of breach of any of such Major Agreements and that Owner will maintain full compliance with all such Major Agreements during the Term of this Agreement. Owner agrees to promptly provide to Operator copies of any notice of default or breach received under any Major Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Franchise Agreement defaults set forth on Schedule 15.5 shall not be deemed Events of Default under this Agreement unless Owner fails to cure such defaults within the applicable cure periods required by the Hotel’s franchisor.
15.6. Owner represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
  A.   Owner is duly organized, validly existing and qualified to conduct its business, and has full power and authority to enter into and fully perform and comply with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  B.   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor its performance by Owner will conflict with or result in a breach of any contract, agreement, law, rule or regulation to which it is bound.
 
  C.   This Agreement is valid and enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms and each instrument to be executed by Owner pursuant to this Agreement or in connection herewith will, when executed and delivered, be valid and enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity).
 
  D.   There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or other governmental proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign) pending or, to Owner’s knowledge, threatened against Owner or any equity holder of Owner or of Owner’s affiliates or their equity holders or any of their respective properties, assets, rights or business before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator, that may have a material adverse effect on Owner or that draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the ability of Owner to perform its obligations hereunder.
15.7. Operator represents, warrants and covenants as follows:
  A.   Operator is duly organized, validly existing and qualified to conduct its business, and has full power and authority to enter into and fully perform and comply with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  B.   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor its performance by

27


 

      Operator will conflict with or result in a breach of any contract, agreement, law, rule or regulation to which it is bound.
  C.   This Agreement is valid and enforceable against Operator in accordance with its terms and each instrument to be executed by Operator pursuant to this Agreement or in connection herewith will, when executed and delivered, be valid and enforceable against Operator in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity).
 
  D.   There is no legal action, suit, arbitration or other legal, administrative or other governmental proceeding (whether federal, state, local or foreign) pending or, to Operator’s knowledge, threatened against Operator or any member of Operator or of Operator’s affiliates or their members or any of their respective properties, assets, rights or business before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any arbitrator, that may have a material adverse effect on Operator or that draws into question the validity of this Agreement or the ability of Operator to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
  E.   Neither it, nor any of its affiliates (or any of their respective principals, partners or funding sources), is nor will become (i) a person designated by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control as a “specially designated national or blocked person” or similar status, (ii) a person described in Section 1 of U.S. Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001; (iii) a person otherwise identified by a government or legal authority as a person with whom Owner or Operator is prohibited from transacting business; (iv) directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government; or (v) a person acting on behalf of a government of any country that is subject to an embargo by the United States government. Operator agrees that it will notify Owner in writing immediately upon the occurrence of any event which would render the foregoing representations and warranties contained in this Section 15.7(E) incorrect.
 
  F.   That (1) it is familiar with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 778dd-2 (the “FCPA” ), a copy of which is available at http://www.usdoj.gov/criminal/fraud/fcpa.html , and the purposes of the FCPA, and in particular, the FCPA’s prohibition of the payment or the gift of any item of value, either directly or indirectly, by a company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of its states, to an official of a foreign government for the purpose of influencing an act or decision in such person’s official capacity, or inducing such person to use influence with the foreign government to assist a company in obtaining or retaining business for, with, or in that foreign country or directing business to any person or company or obtaining an improper advantage, and (2) it has not taken, and during the Term of this Agreement it will not take, any

28


 

      action that would constitute a violation of the FCPA or any similar law.
15.8. Operator hereby agrees, for the benefit of Owner, its successors and assigns, that Operator will not own, operate, lease or otherwise have an interest in, directly or indirectly, in any hotel in the Competitive Set of a Hotel during the Operating Term except for those Hotels shown on the attached Exhibit I unless expressly permitted by Owner. If Operator elects to do so without Owner’s consent, Owner’s sole remedy shall be termination of this Agreement solely with respect to the Hotel(s) for which the other hotel is in their Competitive Set, without payment of any termination fee, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Operator.
ARTICLE XVI
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION; CONDEMNATION
16.1. If a Hotel is damaged by fire or other casualty, Operator shall promptly notify Owner. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect subsequent to such casualty; provided that:
     A. either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice to the other party if (i) Owner shall elect to close such Hotel as a result of such casualty (except on a temporary basis for repairs or restoration) or (ii) Owner shall determine in good faith not to proceed with the restoration of such Hotel; and
     B. Owner or Operator may terminate this Agreement upon thirty days prior written notice to the other party if twenty percent (20%) or more of the rooms in such Hotel are unavailable for rental for a period of sixty (60) days or more as a result of such casualty; provided that, if Owner terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 16.1(B), such termination shall be deemed an At-Will Termination (as defined in Section 19.3).
16.2. If all or any portion of a Hotel becomes the subject of a condemnation proceeding or if Operator learns that any such proceeding may be commenced, Operator shall promptly notify Owner upon Operator’s receipt of written notice thereof. Either party may terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel on thirty (30) days written notice to the other party if (a) all or substantially all of such Hotel is taken through condemnation or (b) less than all or substantially all of such Hotel is taken, but, in the reasonable judgment of the party giving the termination notice, such Hotel cannot, after giving effect to any restoration as might be reasonably accomplished through available funds from the condemnation award, be profitably operated as a hotel similar to that of the Hotel immediately prior to such condemnation.
16.3. Any condemnation award or similar compensation shall be the property of Owner, provided that Operator shall have the right to bring a separate proceeding against the condemning authority for any damages and expenses specifically incurred by Operator as a result of such condemnation.

29


 

ARTICLE XVII
REIT PROVISIONS
17.1. From the Commencement Date through the end of the Term:
     (a) no wagering activities shall be conducted at or in connection with any Hotel by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with the applicable Hotel; and
     (b) Operator shall qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” as defined in Section 856(d)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), with respect to Lessee and the REIT. To that end, Operator shall satisfy the following requirements:
     (i) Operator shall not own, directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding stock of the REIT;
     (ii) No more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the ownership interest in Operator’s assets or net profits shall be owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more persons owning thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the outstanding stock of the REIT; and
     (iii) As of the Commencement Date and as of the commencement of any Renewal Term (each, a “ Renewal Commencement Date ”), Operator shall be (or shall, within the definition of Section 856(d)(9)(F), be related to a person (“ Related Person ”) that is) actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” (defined below) for a person who is not a “related person” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code with respect to the REIT (“ Unrelated Persons ”). In order to meet this requirement, Operator shall, as of the Commencement Date and each Renewal Commencement Date, reasonably project that it (or any Related Person) will derive at least 10% of both its revenue and profit from operating “qualified lodging facilities” (defined below) that Operator or a Related Person operates as of the Commencement Date and each Renewal Commencement Date, as applicable, for Unrelated Persons for (i) the one-year period following the Commencement Date or the Renewal Commencement Date, as applicable, and (ii) the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable. Upon request from the REIT, Operator shall provide documentation reasonably necessary to verify the representation in the preceding sentence. A “qualified lodging facility,” as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code, means a “lodging facility” (defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “lodging facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other owners unrelated to the REIT.

30


 

ARTICLE XVIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
18.1. The following shall constitute events of default for which the non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement with respect to any individual Hotel or Hotels as described below:
  A.   If either party shall be in default in the payment of any amount required to be paid under the terms of this Agreement, and such default continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party;
 
  B.   If either party shall be in material default of its obligations under this Agreement that is reasonably likely to result in a threat to the health and safety of a Hotel’s employees or guests, then this Agreement may be terminated upon written notice from the non-defaulting party if such default is not immediately cured;
 
  C.   If either party shall be in material default in the performance of its other obligations under this Agreement, and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from the non-defaulting party, provided that if such default cannot by its nature reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, an event of default shall not occur if and so long as the defaulting party promptly commences and diligently pursues the curing of such default;
 
  D.   If either party shall (i) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) institute any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws, (iii) institute any proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official for its business or assets or (iv) consent to the institution against it of any such proceeding by any other person or entity (an “Involuntary Proceeding” );
 
  E.   If an Involuntary Proceeding shall be commenced against either party and shall remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days;
 
  F.   If Owner violates Sections 15.3 or 15.4 hereof, in which case Operator may terminate this Agreement immediately; or
 
  G.   If Operator violates any provision of Article XVII hereof, in which case Owner may terminate this Agreement immediately.
18.2. Unless otherwise stated in Section 18.1 hereof, if any event of default shall occur, the non-defaulting party may terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Hotel(s) on five (5) days prior notice to the defaulting party.
18.3. The right of termination set forth in Section 18.2 shall not be in substitution for, but shall be in addition to, any and all rights and remedies for breach of contract available in law or at equity.

31


 

18.4. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of its obligations under this Agreement if and to the extent that such party is unable to perform such obligation as a result of fire or other casualty, act of God, strike or other labor unrest, unavailability of materials, war, terrorist activity, riot or other civil commotion or any other cause beyond the control of such party (a “Force Majeure Event” ) (which shall not include the inability of such party to meet its financial obligations).
18.5. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any right such party may have against the other party hereto at law, in equity or otherwise to any consequential damages, punitive damages or exemplary damages.
18.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if, within thirty (30) days after receiving Operator’s written request, Owner fails to approve any changes, repairs, alterations, improvements, renewals or replacements to a Hotel which Operator determines in its reasonable judgment are necessary to (i) protect such Hotel, Owner and/or Operator from innkeeper liability exposure, (ii) ensure material compliance with any applicable code requirements pertaining to life safety systems requirements or (iii) ensure material compliance with any applicable state, local or federal employment law, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act, then Operator may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Owner delivered at any time after the expiration of Owner’s thirty (30) day approval period. Owner shall pay to Operator the At-Will Termination Fee (as defined in Section 19.3) upon any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section, which At-Will Termination Fee shall be due and payable upon the effective date of the termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
ARTICLE XIX
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
19.1. Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any individual Hotel, the rights and obligations of the parties will cease with respect to such Hotel except as to fees and reimbursements due the Operator and other claims of liabilities of either party which accrued or arose before the effective date of termination, but shall remain in full force and effect with respect to all other Hotels. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason during the Term of this Agreement, Operator and Owner agree to sign any documents reasonably necessary to effect such termination or change in management for the applicable Hotel(s) and Owner shall pay to Operator all amounts due under this Agreement with respect to such Hotel(s) through the effective date of termination.
19.2. In addition to the other termination rights provided in this Agreement:
     A. Beginning with Fiscal Year 2011, if a Hotel fails to achieve as of the end of any Fiscal Year (i) actual Gross Operating Profit of at least eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year, AND (ii) eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of such Hotel’s RevPAR Benchmark (collectively, a “ Performance Failure ”), subject to clauses (B) and (C) below, Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Operator with no termination fee or similar compensation. The effectiveness of any such notice of termination, however, shall be stayed until

32


 

completion of the applicable cure periods set forth in clause (B) below.
     B. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
          (i) If a Performance Failure occurs with respect to a Fiscal Year, but the Hotel achieves as of the end of the immediately following Fiscal Year (1) actual Gross Operating Profit of at least eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year, OR (2) eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of such Hotel’s RevPAR Benchmark, then the Performance Failure shall be deemed cured and Owner shall have no right to terminate for such Performance Failure (and any notice of termination with respect thereto shall be deemed null and void).
          (ii) If Owner notifies Operator that Owner elects to terminate this Agreement with respect to a Hotel for a Performance Failure, Operator shall have a right exercisable no more than two (2) times per Hotel, in its sole discretion, to cure the Performance Failure by, within thirty (30) days of receipt of Owner’s termination notice, making a payment to Owner equal to the amount by which eighty-seven and one-half percent (87.5%) of the budgeted Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel exceeds actual Gross Operating Profit for such Hotel for such Fiscal Year. In such case, Owner’s notice of termination shall be deemed null and void. Upon the occurrence of a third Performance Failure (but subject to clause (B)(i) above), Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Hotel without the payment of a termination fee upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Operator.
For purposes hereof:
      “RevPAR Benchmark” means the Hotel’s RevPAR Index for the trailing 12-months ending on the Commencement Date.
      “RevPAR Index” means the RevPAR Index included in the STR Report produced for the Hotel by Smith Travel Research or, if Smith Travel Research no longer is in existence at any time during the Term, the successor of Smith Travel Research or such other industry resource that is equally as reputable as Smith Travel Research will be substituted, in order to obtain substantially the same result as would be obtained if Smith Travel Research has not ceased to be in existence.
      “Competitive Set” for each Hotel means the hotels listed on Exhibit J attached hereto, or such other hotels as may be reasonably agreed upon by Owner and Operator from time to time during the Term. The Owner and Operator shall discuss at least once a year, and upon any major change to an existing hotel in the Competitive Set, the composition of the Competitive Set. Any changes to a Hotel’s Competitive Set must be mutually agreed upon by Owner and Operator.
     C. In the event of the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event (as defined below), Owner shall not be entitled to exercise its termination right under this Section 19.2 with respect to any period of time in which such Force Majeure Event occurred or is continuing.

33


 

19.3. In addition to the other termination rights provided in this Agreement and notwithstanding anything contained therein to the contrary:
     A. (i) Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to an individual Hotel upon the sale of such Hotel to a bona fide unaffiliated third party, so long as (a) Owner provides to Operator at least sixty (60) days prior written notice of termination, (b) all amounts due Operator under this Agreement with respect to such Hotel have been paid in full, and(c) subject to clause (ii) below, Owner pays Operator the Sale Termination Fee (as defined below) on the effective date of termination.
          For the purposes of this Section 19.3(A), the “ Sale Termination Fee ” shall be equal to an amount which would provide Operator with a thirty percent (30%) Internal Rate of Return (as defined below) with respect to the following cash flows for such Hotel: (x) the Hotel Allocated Value (as defined below) as the initial outflow and (y) as inflows, as and when paid to Operator:
(1) fifty percent (50%) of the Basic Fees and Accounting actually collected by Operator for such terminated Hotel for each Fiscal Year from the date the Hotel was added to this Agreement through the date of termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel; plus
(2) if for any given Fiscal Year, an Incentive Fee was earned and collected by Operator under Section 9.3 and the EBITDA Percentage (as defined below) of the terminated Hotel is above the mean of all the Hotels’ EBITDA Percentage for such Fiscal Year, fifty percent (50%) of the Incentive Fee allocable to the terminated Hotel and actually collected by Operator for each Fiscal Year from the date the Hotel was added to this Agreement through the date of termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
The Incentive Fee allocable to the terminated Hotel for each Fiscal Year, if applicable, shall be calculated by multiplying the actual Incentive Fee, if any, for each Fiscal Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the trailing 12-month EBITDA of the terminated Hotel, and the denominator of which is the aggregate 12-month EBITDA for all Hotels that were covered by this Agreement in determining the Incentive Fee for the Fiscal Year in question.
          (ii) If Owner and Operator add an Additional Hotel (as defined in Section 24.1) to this Agreement:
     (a) within nine (9) months following the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 19.3(A)(i) with respect to a Hotel (the “ Replacement Window Period ”), and
     (b) with an expiration date with respect to such Additional Hotel that is equal to the original expiration date plus the number of days following commencement of the Replacement Window Period required by Owner to add the Additional Hotel to this Agreement,

34


 

then the payment of the Sale Termination Fee with respect to such terminated Hotel shall (x) if not yet paid to Operator, be offset or (y) if paid to Operator, be credited against future Sale Termination Fees due and payable from Owner. The amount of the offset or credit shall be determined by multiplying the Sale Termination Fee by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate projected fifty percent (50%) of Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the Additional Hotel for the next 12-months and the denominator of which is the aggregate fifty percent (50%) of projected aggregate Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the terminated Hotel, for the next 12-months (determined by such terminated Hotel’s Budget). Further, if Owner and Operator add an Additional Hotel to this Agreement during a time period outside of a Replacement Window Period, Owner shall receive a credit with respect to future terminations of Hotels subject to the this Agreement (i.e., those terminated following the addition of such Additional Hotel to this Agreement) equal for each such Additional Hotel to the present value of the aggregate fifty percent (50%) of projected Basic Fees and Accounting Fees allocable to the Additional Hotel, discounted at a rate of thirty percent (30%). Projected Basic Fees for an Additional Hotel shall be calculated by multiplying (i) the mean of the actual Total Revenues of such Additional Hotel for the prior three (3) Fiscal Years by (ii) the Basic Fee set forth in Section 9.1 hereof, and increasing such product by the CPI. Projected Accounting Fees for an Additional Hotel shall be the Accounting Fee set forth in Section 9.2 hereof multiplied by twelve (12).
     B. In addition, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Owner may terminate this Agreement with respect to up to five (5) Hotels during any Fiscal Year, with or without cause, so long as (i) Owner provides to Operator at least sixty (60) days prior written notice of termination, (ii) all amounts due Operator under this Agreement with respect to such Hotels have been paid in full, and (iii) Owner pays Operator the At Will Termination Fee (as defined below) on the effective date(s) of termination. For the purposes of this Section 19.3(B), the “ At Will Termination Fee ” shall be equal to the Sale Termination Fee; provided, however, solely for the first (5) terminations with respect a Hotel, if the effective date of such termination occurs on or before the end of the eighteenth (18th) month following the Commencement Date, the Internal Rate of Return (as defined below) in such calculation shall be twenty percent (20%) instead of thirty percent (30%).
     C. For the purposes of this Agreement:
     (i) “ EBITDA Percentage ” for any period shall mean EBITDA for such period divided by Total Revenues for such period.
     (ii) “ Hotel Allocated Value ” shall mean the dollar amount set forth on Exhibit K with respect to each Hotel.
     (iii) “ Internal Rate of Return ” shall mean the internal rate of return calculated for a stream of payments using the XIRR function on Microsoft Excel.
19.4. Operator and Owner agree that upon termination, there may be certain adjustments to the final accounting for which information may not be available at the time of the final accounting and the parties agree to readjust such amounts and make the required cash adjustments when such information becomes available; provided, however, but subject to the provisions of Article XXIII

35


 

hereof, all accounts shall be deemed final ninety (90) days after termination of the Agreement.
19.5. Operator shall release to Owner any of Owner’s funds and accounts controlled by Operator, except as stated herein.
19.6. With the exception of employment records, Operator shall provide or make available to Owner all books and records with respect to a Hotel upon termination of this Agreement with respect to such Hotel.
19.7. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, Operator shall cooperate with Owner to assign any permits or licenses to Owner or the subsequent manager or owner; provided that (i) Owner give Operator sufficient time to effect such transfers; (ii) Owner shall cooperate and require that the new manager and/or owner to cooperate with Operator with respect to such transfers; (iii) Owner shall pay or reimburse any costs or expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, incurred by Operator in connection with these efforts.
19.8. All software and hardware, used at the Hotel which is owned, licensed or proprietary to Operator or its affiliated companies shall remain the exclusive property of Operator. Operator shall have the right to remove such software and hardware, and Owner access to any proprietary systems without compensation to Owner. Owner assumes all liability and shall indemnify Operator if Owner uses illegally licensed software.
19.9. Intentionally Deleted.
19.10. Owner shall cause the succeeding employer to hire a sufficient number of employees at the Hotel to avoid the occurrence of a “closing” under the WARN Act and shall otherwise comply with its obligations under Section 4.3 hereof, or shall provide Operator with sufficient notice of termination to allow Operator to comply with the WARN Act and avoid any liability thereunder.
ARTICLE XX
ASSIGNMENT
20.1. Operator shall not assign or pledge this Agreement without the prior written consent of Owner; provided that, Operator may, without the consent of Owner, assign this Agreement to (a) any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Operator (control being deemed to mean the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock or other beneficial interest in such entity and/or the power to direct the day-to-day operations of such entity); (b) any entity which is the successor by merger, consolidation or reorganization of Operator or Operator’s general partner, managing member or parent corporation or (c) the purchaser of all or substantially all of the hotel management business of Operator or Operator’s general partner, managing member or parent corporation, unless any such assignment results in a Change in Control of Operator or Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (“ IHR ”). For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” of Operator or IHR shall mean a change of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting control of Operator or IHR, in a single transaction or series of transactions constituting a single transaction (unless arising from the issuance in an underwritten public offering by IHR of voting stock or

36


 

instruments convertible into voting stock) that, within six (6) months following the closing of such transaction, results in (i) a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of IHR and (ii) at the direction of such newly constituted Board of Directors, a substantial change in the identity of the operating team responsible for the portfolio of Hotels owned by Owner and operated under this Agreement. If Operator assigns this Agreement under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above and such assignment results in a Change in Control of Operator or IHR, then Owner, as its sole remedy, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Operator and upon any such termination, Operator shall not be entitled to any termination fee or similar compensation. If Operator assigns this Agreement under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above and such assignment does not result in a Change in Control of Operator or IHR, and such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and assumes in writing all of Operator’s obligations under this Agreement from and after the effective date of such assignment, Owner agrees to attorn to the assignee.
     Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or be deemed to prohibit any pledge by Operator of the Basic Fee, Incentive Fee or any other amounts received by Operator under this Agreement to any lender as collateral security for debt of Operator and/or Operator’s affiliates.
20.2. Owner shall not assign or pledge this Agreement without the prior written consent of Operator; provided that, Owner may assign this Agreement without Operator’s consent to any person or entity acquiring Owner’s leasehold interest and/or Land Holder’s fee or leasehold interest in a Hotel as of the effective date of such acquisition if (a) Owner provides Operator with thirty (30) days prior written notice of such assignment, and (b) such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and assumes in writing all of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement from and after the effective date of such assignment.
20.3. Upon any permitted assignment of this Agreement and the assumption of this Agreement by the assignee, the assignor shall be relieved of any obligation or liability under this Agreement arising after the effective date of the assignment.
ARTICLE XXI
NOTICES
21.1. Any notice, statement or demand required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing, sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission, receipt electronically or verbally confirmed, or by nationally-recognized overnight courier, receipt confirmed, addressed if to:
     
Owner:
  c/o Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
  2701 S. Minnesota, Suite 6
 
  Sioux Falls, SD 57105
 
  Attention: Dan Hansen
 
  Facsimile No.: (605) 362-9388
 
   
and Operator:
  Interstate Management Company, LLC

37


 

     
 
  c/o Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc.
 
  4501 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 500
 
  Arlington, VA 22203
 
  Attention: Executive Vice President and General Counsel
 
  Facsimile No.: (703) 542-0965
or to such other addresses as Operator and Owner shall designate in the manner provided in this Section 21.1. Any notice or other communication shall be deemed given (a) on the date three (3) business days after it shall have been mailed, if sent by certified mail, (b) on the business day it shall have been sent by facsimile transmission (unless sent on a non-business day or after business hours in which event it shall be deemed given on the following business day), or (c) on the date received if it shall have been given to a nationally-recognized overnight courier service.
ARTICLE XXII
SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPELS; RECOGNITION
22.1. Operator acknowledges and agrees that its rights under this Agreement are subject and subordinate to the lien of any first mortgage or deed of trust loan, or any junior mortgage or deed of trust loan held by an institutional investor, encumbering one or more Hotels whether now or hereafter existing; provided, however, that (i) Operator shall not be obligated to waive or forbear from receiving, on a current basis and as and when due under this Agreement, any and all fees due to it under this Agreement prior to an event of default under any such mortgage or deed of trust and (ii) Operator shall not be obligated to waive, or to forbear from exercising (unless and to the extent Operator receives adequate assurance, in Operator’s good faith business judgment, that it will be paid or reimbursed for any and all amounts due to Operator under this Agreement during the period of any such forbearance, which period will not exceed 60 days in any event) any right it may have to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Article 18 above. The provisions of this Section 22.1 shall be self operative but Operator agrees to execute and deliver promptly any document or certificate containing such other terms as may be customary and reasonable confirming such subordination as Owner or the holder of any such lien may reasonably request.
22.2. If any person or entity making or holding a loan to be secured by a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering one or more Hotels shall request that Operator agree to modifications of this Agreement, Operator shall enter into an agreement setting forth such modifications provided that the same do not adversely affect the rights or obligations of Operator under this Agreement. Such modifications may include, but shall not be limited to, Operator’s agreement to give simultaneous notice of, and the opportunity to cure within the applicable cure period set forth herein, any defaults on the part of Owner to such person or entity.
22.3. Owner and Operator agree that from time to time upon the request of the other party or a party to a Major Agreement, it shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days after the request a certificate confirming that this Agreement is in full force and effect, stating whether this Agreement has been modified and supplying such other information as the requesting party may reasonably require.

38


 

ARTICLE XXIII
INDEMNIFICATION
23.1. Operator hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Owner (and Owner’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) that may be incurred by or asserted against any such party and that arise from (a) the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the off-site employees of Operator or Key Hotel Personnel, (b) the breach by Operator of any provision of this Agreement caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the off-site employees of Operator or Key Hotel Personnel, or (c) any action taken by Operator which is beyond the scope of Operator’s authority under this Agreement. Owner shall promptly provide Operator with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification. Owner shall cooperate with the Operator or its counsel in the preparation and conduct of any defense to any such claim or suit.
23.2. Except as provided in Section 23.1, Owner hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Operator (and Operator’s agents, principals, shareholders, partners, members, officers, directors and employees) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses; and any additional tax (excluding any tax that is based on net or gross income of Operator or its affiliates) and interest and penalties thereon) that may be incurred by or asserted against Operator and that arise from or in connection with (a) the performance of Operator’s services under this Agreement, (b) any act or omission (whether or not willful, tortious, or negligent) of Owner or any third party or (c) or any other occurrence related to the Hotels and/or Operator’s duties under this Agreement whether arising before, during or after the Term. Operator shall promptly provide Owner with written notice of any claim or suit brought against it by a third party which might result in such indemnification. Operator shall cooperate with the Owner or its counsel in the preparation and conduct of any defense to any such claim or suit.
23.3. Supplementing the provisions of Sections 23.1 and 23.2, if any claim shall be made against Owner and/or Operator which is based upon a violation or alleged violation of the Employment Laws (an “Employment Claim” ), the Employment Claim shall fall within Operator’s indemnification obligations under Section 23.1 ONLY IF it is based upon (a) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Operator’s off-site employees or Key Hotel Personnel or (b) Operator’s breach of its obligations under Section 4.6 and shall otherwise fall within Owner’s indemnification obligations under Section 23.2.
23.4. If any action, lawsuit or other proceeding shall be brought against any party (the “Indemnified Party” ) hereunder arising out of or based upon any of the matters for which such party is indemnified under this Agreement, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the party required to provide indemnification hereunder (the “Obligor” ) in writing (which may be in the form of email) thereof and Obligor shall promptly assume the defense thereof (including without limitation the employment of counsel selected by Obligor) unless otherwise agreed to by the parties as provided herein, such defense to be subject to the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent

39


 

shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, by way of illustration and not limitation, it shall be reasonable for the Indemnified Party to deny consent to any settlement that requires the Indemnified Party to admit guilt or liability). The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Obligor in the defense of any such action, lawsuit or proceeding, on the condition that the Obligor shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith. The Obligor shall have the right to negotiate settlement or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to the matters indemnified hereunder; provided, however, that if any such settlement or consent judgment contemplates any action or restraint on the part of the Indemnified Party, then such settlement or consent judgment shall require the written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition to the foregoing, the Indemnified Party shall have the right (at its own expense) to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof. An Indemnified Party may settle any action on its own behalf (i.e., with respect to its own liability and with no requirement of Obligor to admit guilt or liability) only with the prior written consent of Obligor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, by way of illustration and not limitation, it shall be reasonable for Obligor to deny consent to any settlement that requires Obligor to expend funds in an amount Obligor determines in good faith is inappropriate so long as the Indemnified Party remains adequately protected at all times). In the event that Obligor fails to use reasonable efforts to defend or compromise any action, lawsuit or other proceeding for which an Indemnified Party is indemnified hereunder or as the parties may agree, the Indemnified Party may, at Obligor’s expense and without limiting Obligor’s liability under the applicable indemnity, assume the defense of such action and the Obligor shall pay the charges and expenses of such attorneys and other persons on a current basis within thirty (30) days of submission of invoices or bills therefor. In the event the Obligor is Owner and Owner neglects or refuses to pay such charges, Operator may pay such charges out of the Agency Account and deduct such charges from any amounts due Owner, or add such charges to any amounts due Operator from Owner under this Agreement. If Operator is the Obligor and Operator neglects or refuses to pay such charges, the amount of such charges shall be deducted from any amounts due Operator under this Agreement.
23.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement with respect to acts, omissions and occurrences arising during the Operating Term.
ARTICLE XXIV
MISCELLANEOUS
24.1. In the event that Operator and Owner desire to add a Hotel to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement (an “ Additional Hotel ”), such Hotel shall become subject to the terms of this Agreement upon the date of execution by Operator and Owner of a Joinder and Amendment Agreement in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto and made a part hereof.
24.2. Owner and Operator shall execute and deliver all other appropriate supplemental agreements and other instruments, and take any other action necessary to make this Agreement fully and legally effective, binding, and enforceable as between them and as against third parties; provided, however, that neither party shall be required to execute any other document or instrument or perform any other action that would materially increase its liability or decrease its rights under this Agreement.

40


 

24.3. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior agreements or undertakings, oral or written. Owner acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement, Owner has not relied on any projection of earnings, statements as to the possibility of future success, or other similar matter which may have been prepared by Operator.
24.4. The headings of the titles to the articles of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning of any of the provisions hereof.
24.5. A waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be made only in writing and shall not be deemed a waiver of such terms and conditions on any future occasion.
24.6. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Owner and Operator and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
24.7. This Agreement shall be construed, both as to its validity and as to the performance of the parties, in accordance with the laws of the state of Maryland without reference to its conflict of laws provisions.
24.8. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall, when executed, be deemed to be an original and all of which shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Signatures on this Agreement delivered by facsimile shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes of this Agreement.
24.9. Any capitalized terms used within this Agreement which were not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings given to such terms in the Master Agreement.
ARTICLE XXV
SPECIAL FRANCHISE/LICENSE AGREEMENT PROVISIONS
So long as any Hotel is subject to a Franchise Agreement with Holiday Inn or another member of the InterContinental Hotels Group (“ IHG ”), the following applies solely with respect to such Hotel(s) and their respective Franchise Agreements:
     (1) Operator agrees to accept, abide by and be subject to all rules, regulations, inspections and requirements of Holiday Inn and/or IHG.
     (2) If the Franchise Agreement shall terminate, the Operator shall cease to operate such Hotel as a Holiday Inn Express Hotel or Holiday Inn Hotel, as the case may be.
     (3) If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Franchise Agreement, the terms of the Franchise Agreement shall govern and control.
     (4) Notwithstanding the consent of Holiday Inn and IHG to this Agreement, Owner and

41


 

all guarantors shall remain liable to Holiday Inn and/or IHG under the terms of Franchise Agreement.
[ SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES ]

42


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Operator and Owner have duly executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.
OWNER:
                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 002, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 003, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 004, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 005, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 006, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 009, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 011, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 012, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
[ signatures continue on the following pages ]

43


 

                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 015, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 016, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 017, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 018, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 019, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 020, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 021, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 022, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 023, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 025, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
[ signatures continue on the following pages ]

44


 

                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 028, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 029, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 031, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 032, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 035, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 038, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 039, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 041, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 042, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 043, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
[ signatures continue on the following pages ]

45


 

                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 044, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 045, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 046, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 047, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 049, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 050, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 052, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 053, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 054, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 055, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
[ signatures continue on the following pages ]

46


 

                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 056, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 058, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 059, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 060, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 061, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 063, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 064, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 067, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 068, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 069, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
[ signatures continue on the following pages ]

47


 

                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 070, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 071, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 072, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 073, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 074, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 075, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 076, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 077, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 078, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 079, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
[ signatures continue on the following pages ]

48


 

                             
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 081, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 082, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 083, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 084, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 085, LLC       SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 088, LLC    
a Delaware limited liability company       a Delaware limited liability company    
 
                           
By:
  /s/ Christopher Eng       By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
                     
 
  Name:   Christopher Eng           Name:   Christopher Eng    
 
  Title:   Secretary           Title:   Secretary    
 
                           
         
SUMMIT HOTEL TRS 091, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
 
   
By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
  Name:   Christopher Eng    
  Title:   Secretary    
[ signatures continue on the following page ]

49


 

         
OPERATOR:
INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
By:    Interstate Operating Company, L.P., member
         
By:   Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc., general partner      
       
     
By:   /s/ Erica Hageman    
  Name:   Erica Hageman    
  Title:   Vice President, Senior Corporate Counsel    
 

50


 

EXHIBIT A
List of Hotels, Owners (Lessees) and Land Holders

51


 

EXHIBIT B
Buildings

52


 

EXHIBIT C
Existing Credit Card Vendor Contracts

53


 

EXHIBIT D
Operator’s Current Severance Payment Policy

54


 

EXHIBIT E
Transition Budget

55


 

EXHIBIT F
Centralized Services List

56


 

EXHIBIT G
Example of Calculation of Incentive Fee
and Incentive Fee Threshold

57


 

EXHIBIT H
Insurance Amounts

58


 

EXHIBIT I
Existing Operated Hotels

59


 

EXHIBIT J
Competitive Sets

60


 

EXHIBIT K
Hotel Allocated Value List
             
Hotel   City   State   Allocated Value
 
           
 
           

61


 

EXHIBIT L
FORM OF JOINDER AND AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
     The undersigned Operator and Owner hereby agree that, as of the date set forth below:
     (1) Owner and Operator are parties to an Amended and Restated Hotel Management Agreement, dated as of _____________, _______ (the “ Management Agreement ”). Owner and Operator desire to amend the Management Agreement to include the hotel property set forth on Schedule I attached hereto (the “ Additional Hotel ”).
     (3)  Exhibit A and Exhibit K to the Management Agreement shall be amended to include the Additional Hotel, and the Additional Hotel shall be a “Hotel” under the Management Agreement.
     (4) Owner and Operator shall be bound by the terms of the Management Agreement with respect to the Additional Hotel.
     (5) This Joinder may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument. For the purpose of this Joinder, facsimile signatures shall be deemed originals.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

62


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Operator and Owner have duly executed this Joinder as of the _____ day of ______________, 20__.
         
  OWNER:

[List of Owners (lessees)]

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  OPERATOR:

INTERSTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.

 
 
  By:   Interstate Operating Company, L.P., member    
       
  By:   Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Inc., general partner   
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

63


 

         
SCHEDULE I TO THE JOINDER AGREEMENT
ADDITIONS TO EXHIBIT A AND EXHIBIT K TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED HOTEL MANAGEMENT
                 
Owner Entity   Land Holder Entity   Hotel   City   State
 
               
 
               
Hotel Allocated Value: $_________________

64


 

SCHEDULE 15.5
Franchise Defaults

65

Exhibit 10.5
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Modification ”) is entered into as of February 14, 2011, by and between the lender(s) (“ Lender ”) listed on Exhibit A (the “ Loan Schedule ”) and the borrower(s) listed on the Loan Schedule. References in this Modification to “ Lender ” and “ Borrower ” shall be construed to mean and refer to each Lender and each Borrower, respectively, listed on the Loan Schedule.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
     A. In connection with the loan described on the Loan Schedule (the “ Loan ”), Borrower has entered into a loan agreement with Lender (such loan agreement, as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed, the “ Loan Agreement ”). The Loan Agreement, the promissory note evidencing the Loan, and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the Loan (all as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed) are referred to collectively as the “ Current Loan Documents .” The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ,” and references in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification to the “Loan Documents,” or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to such Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
     B. The Loan was guaranteed by Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“ Pre-Merger Guarantor ”).
     C. As described in that certain letter regarding Lender Consent and Summary of Modification Regarding Certain Loans (the “ Consent Letter ”) Pre-Merger Guarantor intends to merge (the “ Merger ”), concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification, with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. The Consent Letter provides the terms and conditions of Lender’s consent to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Letter, Borrower agreed to enter into certain modifications of the Current Loan Documents. A copy of the Consent Letter is attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     D. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Documents.
AGREEMENT
     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Preliminary Statement and Loan Schedule . Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on the Loan Schedule is complete and correct.
     2.  Definitions . As used in this Modification, the following terms are defined as follows:
     “ Business Day ” means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are required or authorized to close in Phoenix, Arizona or New York, New York.
     “ Collateral ” means all real and personal property, tangible and intangible, as to which Lender is granted a Lien pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and any other property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a Lien in favor of Lender, with references to the Collateral to include all or any portion of or interest in any of the Collateral.
     “ Default ” means any Event of Default and any event, occurrence, or circumstance that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.

 


 

     “ Event of Default ” means any event, occurrence, or circumstance that is or would constitute a default under, or a specified Event of Default pursuant to, the terms of any of the Loan Documents.
     “ Lender Party ” and “ Lender Parties ” means Lender, each affiliate of Lender, and each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant, adviser, and consultant of or to Lender or any such affiliate.
     “ Obligations ” means, with respect to any Borrower Party, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description (including for the payment of money), owing by such Borrower Party to Lender, any other Lender Party or any Secured Swap Provider arising out of, under, or in connection with any Loan Document or any Related Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising, however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument.
     “ Payment Day ” means the first day of each calendar month.
     “ Rate Contract ” means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.
     “ Secured Rate Contract ” means any Rate Contract between Borrower and the counterparty thereto which has been provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender.
     “ Secured Swap Provider ” means a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate Contract provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, and any assignee thereof.
     “ Site ” shall have the same meaning as the term “Premises” in the Loan Agreement.
     3.  Loan Balance . Borrower acknowledges as correct the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and accrued and unpaid interest, as set forth on the Loan Schedule, as of the dates there stated.
     4.  Modifications . In addition to any and all other modifications made by this Modification, the Current Loan Documents are modified and supplemented as follows:
     (a) Definitions . The following definitions contained in Section 1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as follows:
Borrower Party ” means Borrower, Guarantor and each other individual or entity that executes any of the Loan Documents or that is or may become a party to or bound by any Loan Document, other than Lender.
Change in Control ” means any change in control of any of the Borrower Parties, including, without limitation, any of the following: (a) if Summit GP shall cease to be the sole general partner of Guarantor; (b) Summit GP shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by SHP, Inc.; (c) SHP, Inc. shall cease to own at least 70% of the general and limited partnership interests in Guarantor; (d) Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Borrower; (e) TRS Lessee shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.; (f) Borrower shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Guarantor; or (g) if any Person as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act who subsequent to the REIT Effective Date becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)-(3) under the Exchange Act) of securities of SHP, Inc. or any of the other Borrower Parties, as applicable, representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of SHP, Inc.’s then outstanding securities.

2


 

Guarantor means Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the TRS Security Agreement, the Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cross Agreement, the Management Agreement Assignment, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between Manager and TRS Lessee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Manager ” means Interstate Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Permitted Exceptions ” means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy (or endorsements thereto) issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole discretion
     (b) Additional Definitions . The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1 of the Loan Agreement:
Cross Agreement ” means that certain Cross Collateralization and Cross Default Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by and among Borrower, Lender and certain Affiliates of Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Lease Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Operating Lease Subordination Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement Assignment ” means that certain Assignment, Consent and Subordination Regarding Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Manager, TRS Lessee and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
REIT Effective Date ” means the date on which both (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC has been merged into Summit OP and (b) SHP, Inc. has completed an initial public offering as described in the Prospectus dated January 28, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
SHP, Inc. ” means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Summit GP ” means Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Summit OP ” means Summit Hotel OP, LLP, a Delaware limited partnership.
TRS Lease ” means that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 14, between Borrower, as lessor and TRS Lessee, as lessee.
TRS Lessee ” means Summit Hotel TRS 006, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
TRS Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee, as debtor in favor of Lender, as secured party, as the same may be amended from time to time.

3


 

     (c) Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Section 6J of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
     J. Debt Service Coverage Ratio . From and after the Completion Date, Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries (and eliminating any intercompany transactions) shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Guarantor’s fiscal year-end. For purposes of this Section, the term “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
     For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     “ Depreciation and Amortization ” shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during any period of determination with respect to Guarantor and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Interest Expense ” shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Guarantor and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     (d) Covenants . The following covenant is added to Section 6 of the Loan Agreement:
     R. ERISA . Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder or the exercise by Lender of any of Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. Borrower further agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time, as requested by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, that (a) Borrower is not and does not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (b) Borrower is not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (c) one or more of the following circumstances is true: (i) equity interests in Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(b)(2); (ii) less than 25% of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(f)(2); or (iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).
     (e) Defaults and Remedies . The following Event of Default is hereby added to Section 9A of the Loan Agreement:
     (9) If there shall occur any default or event of default under the TRS Lease.
     (f) Interest Rate Modification . Effective from and after July 1, 2011 (such date, the “ New Interest Rate Effective Date ”), interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan at a per annum rate equal to the Variable Rate. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 consecutive 30-day months. Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest for the Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate for the Loan, as provided in this Modification; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as interest or in the nature of interest. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RATE OF INTEREST TO APPLY AFTER THE NEW INTEREST RATE EFFECTIVE DATE IS DIFFERENT FROM

4


 

THE RATE OF INTEREST APPLICABLE TO THE LOAN PRIOR TO SUCH DATE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Current Loan Documents, the following definitions shall control:
     (i) “ Spread ” means 4.00%.
     (ii) “ Variable Rate ” means (A) for the period commencing on the New Interest Rate Effective Date and continuing through the day immediately preceding the first monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on last day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the New Interest Rate Effective Date occurs plus the Spread; and (B) thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on the last Business Day of the month preceding a particular Variable Rate Set Date plus the Spread. The Variable Rate so determined will be effective from, and including, such Variable Rate Set Date to, but not including, the next Variable Rate Set Date.
     (iii) “ Variable Rate Base ” means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the 90-day London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal . If for any reason such rate is no longer published in The Wall Street Journal , Lender shall select such replacement index as Lender in its sole discretion determines most closely approximates such rate.
     (iv) “ Variable Rate Set Date ” means the first monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each succeeding monthly payment due date thereafter.
     (g) Monthly Payment Amount . Regular monthly payments (each, a “ Monthly Payment ”) will continue to be due and payable on the Payment Day during the term of the Note. For each Monthly Payment due prior to August 1, 2011, such payment shall be in the amount calculated pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. Commencing with the Monthly Payment due August 1, 2011, each Monthly Payment will equal the level monthly payment of principal and interest required to fully amortize the unpaid principal balance of the Loan outstanding on a Reference Date over the then remaining Amortization Period, at an interest rate equal to the Variable Rate calculated as of (i) the New Interest Rate Effective Date in the case of the July 1, 2011 Reference Date and (ii) the last Business Day of the second month preceding such Reference Date in the case of each subsequent Reference Date. The Monthly Payment amount so calculated will be in effect commencing with the first Payment Day following such Reference Date and for the next 11 Monthly Payments or through the Maturity Date, if the Maturity Date occurs during such period, with the Monthly Payment amount to be recalculated on each Reference Date. If a particular Monthly Payment is insufficient to pay all of the accrued and unpaid interest as of due date for such Monthly Payment, then that portion of the accrued and unpaid interest in excess of the portion actually paid shall thereupon be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Loan and shall thereafter accrue interest at the Variable Rate. On the Maturity Date, in addition to the required Monthly Payment, Borrower shall also pay the entire remaining unpaid balance of the Loan, if any, all accrued and unpaid interest, and any other amounts payable under this Modification and the other Loan Documents. “ Reference Date ” means the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each anniversary of such date. “ Amortization Period ” means the remainder of the amortization period provided pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. BORROWER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL PAYMENT WILL BE DUE ON THE MATURITY DATE, AS THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS MODIFICATION HAVE BEEN CALCULATED BASED ON AN AMORTIZATION PERIOD THAT EXCEEDS THE LOAN TERM; THEREFORE A MAJOR PORTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN WILL NOT HAVE BEEN PAID THROUGH THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS.

5


 

     (h) Prepayments . From and after August 1, 2011, the provisions of the Current Loan Documents regarding prepayments of principal are hereby amended to provide as follows:
     (i) Generally . Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents: (A) prepayments must be made on a Payment Day (the “ Permitted Prepayment Date ”); (B) Borrower must give Lender at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the proposed prepayment; (C) the prepayment must be for the full outstanding principal balance of the Loan (except in the case of condemnation proceeds and awards being applied to the Obligations, in which case a partial prepayment will be permitted); and (D) the prepayment must be accompanied by payment to Lender of: (1) interest on the prepaid principal through the Permitted Prepayment Date; (2) any and all other amounts due and payable with respect to the Loan; and (3) a Prepayment Fee in the amount described below. SINCE PREPAYMENTS ARE ONLY PERMITTED ON PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATES AND INTEREST ON THE PREPAYMENT AMOUNT MUST BE PAID THROUGH THE PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE, EVEN IF LENDER AGREES TO ACCEPT A PREPAYMENT ON A DATE OTHER THAN A PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE THERE WILL BE NO REDUCTION IN THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST REQUIRED TO BE PAID AS PROVIDED ABOVE AND, ACCORDINGLY, AS A FURTHER CONDITION TO THE PREPAYMENT AND IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER AMOUNTS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF SUCH PREPAYMENT, BORROWER WILL PAY TO LENDER THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST THAT WOULD HAVE ACCRUED, BUT FOR THE PREPAYMENT, FROM THE DATE OF PREPAYMENT TO THE NEXT PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE. Any other provision of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if prepayment occurs as a result of acceleration by Lender in exercise of Lender’s rights, then, in addition to any other amounts that Borrower may owe Lender, Borrower is also obligated to pay the Prepayment Fee.
     (ii) Prepayment Fee . The “ Prepayment Fee ” will equal to 2% of the amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid, if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013.
     (i) Additional Financial Covenant . Commencing with the TTM Period (defined below) ending July 31, 2011 and continuing until all Obligations under the Loan Documents are fully paid and performed, in addition to and not in limitation of, any financial covenants in the Current Loan Documents:
     (i) FCCR (Consolidated) . As measured for Borrower, the TRS Lessee and the Affiliates of Borrower listed on Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the “ Designated Parties ”) with respect to the operations of each of the hotel properties listed on Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Designated Properties ”) on the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal quarters (or other period) listed in the chart below in this Section  4(i)(i) (each, a “ Testing Date ”), the Designated Parties must have a Combined FCCR equal to or greater than the ratio set forth in the chart below in this Section  4(i)(i) . “ Combined FCCR ” means, with respect to the 12-month period of time (each, the “ TTM Period ”) immediately preceding each Testing Date, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP and calculated according to the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, of (i) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: net income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, management fees, replacement reserves, and Operating Lease Expenses, minus 4% of total room revenues as an assumed reserve for replacement (or actual reserve for replacement if greater) and 4% of total room revenues as an assumed management fee (or actual management fee if greater), plus or minus other non-cash adjustments or non-recurring items (as allowed by Lender), to (ii) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: Operating Lease Expenses, principal payments of long term debt, current portion of all Capital Leases, and interest expense for the TTM Period (excluding non-cash interest expense, amortization of non-cash financing expenses, and principal and interest payments on Loans that have been paid off in full; provided that if a loan designated on Exhibit B (each, a “Designated Loan ”) has been partially paid off or refinanced, then an estimate of 12 months of principal and interest payments for the remaining unpaid portion, as determined by

6


 

Lender in accordance with the applicable documents and instruments for the Designated Loan, shall be included in the computation of principal and interest payments for the purpose of determining the Combined FCCR. If a Designated Property is released by Lender as collateral (including, for example, upon payment in full of the affected Designated Loan) the income and expenses of that Designated Property (as determined by Lender) will be excluded from the determination of the Combined FCCR. The foregoing shall not obligate Lender to release any collateral or accept prepayments other than as provided in the Loan Documents and other applicable documents and instruments with respect to the Designated Loans.
         
Covenant   Trailing Twelve Months Ending   Covenant Level
Combined FCCR Covenant
  July 31, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  September 30, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  December 31, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  March 31, 2012 and as of each fiscal quarter end thereafter   1.30:1.00
     (ii) Definitions . The following terms used in Section  4(i)(i) of this Modification shall have the following meanings:
Capital Lease ” means, with respect to any person or entity, any lease of, or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person or entity as lessee that has been or should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person or entity prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expenses ” means all payments and expenses incurred by Borrower, the TRS Lessee or the applicable Designated Party with respect to each lease, if any, and with respect to any and all other operating leases during the period of determination, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
     (j) Non-Conforming Payments . Borrower acknowledges and agrees that credit to Borrower’s account may be delayed if the payment is not made as provided in the Loan Documents or if not accompanied by the correct invoice number. Lender may, at its sole option, refuse any amount tendered by Borrower that is not in the required form or in the exact amount of the required payment. Delayed credit may cause Borrower to incur a late payment fee. Credit for payments is subject to final payment by the institution on which the item of payment was drawn. UNAUTHORIZED FORMS OF PAYMENT, SUCH AS CASH, CASHIER’S CHECKS, OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS, TELLER’S CHECKS, CERTIFIED CHECKS, TRAVELERS’ CHECKS, AND MONEY ORDERS, ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF PAYMENT AND MAY BE RETURNED TO BORROWER AT BORROWER’S RISK OF LOSS .
     (k) Disputed Payments . All written communication concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that (i) indicates that the written payment constitutes “payment in full” or is tendered as full satisfaction of a disputed amount; or (ii) is tendered with other conditions or limitation must be mailed or delivered to us at the following address and not to the address shown on the invoice as the address for remitting payments, unless Lender otherwise directs:
GE Capital Franchise Finance
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Customer Service Center
     (l) Flood Insurance . Within 45 days after written notice from Lender to Borrower that a particular Site that is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, or similar real property lien, is located in a

7


 

Special Flood Hazard Area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Administration, Borrower shall provide flood insurance coverage sufficient to rebuild or replace the building, equipment and improvements in an amount equal to the maximum amount of coverage available under the National Flood Insurance Program with a deductible not to exceed $25,000.
WARNING
Unless you (Borrower) provide us (Lender) with evidence of insurance coverage as required by our Loan Agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to protect our interest. This insurance may, but need not, also protect your interest. If the collateral becomes damaged, the coverage we purchase may not pay any claim you make or any claim made against you. You may later cancel this coverage by providing evidence that you obtained property coverage elsewhere. You are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us. The cost of this insurance may be added to your contract or loan balance. If the cost is added to your contract or loan balance, the interest rate on the underlying contract or loan will apply to this added amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your prior coverage lapsed or the date you failed to provide proof of coverage. The coverage we purchase may be considerably more expensive than insurance you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy any need for property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance imposed by applicable law.
     (m) Agreement to Pay Effective Rate of Interest . Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest on each Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate provided in the Loan Documents for such Loan; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as interest or in the nature of interest.
     5.  Merger/Change in Control/Other Consents . Guarantor represents and warrants that it is the successor by merger to the Pre-Merger Guarantor and by virtue of such merger has assumed, agreed to pay and perform and is otherwise subject to and bound by all of the obligations and liabilities of Pre-Merger Guarantor, including, without limitation, guaranty of the Obligations pursuant to the Unconditional Guaranty of Payment and Performance dated as of February 29, 2008 (the “ Guaranty ”). Without limiting the foregoing or the legal effect of such merger, Guarantor hereby assumes and agrees to pay and perform all of the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty and all of the other Loan Documents to which Pre-Merger Guarantor is a party and to be subject to and bound by all of the liens, encumbrances, security interests, assignments and other grants of security made in connection with the Loan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 10 and the effectiveness of this Modification, (a) Lender (i) consents to the merger of Pre-Merger Guarantor with and into Guarantor, (ii) acknowledges that the general partner of the Guarantor will be Summit GP, which shall be wholly-owned by SHP, Inc., which shall be a publicly-traded REIT, and (iii) acknowledges that all of the membership interests in Borrower shall be owned by Guarantor, and (b) all references to the Guarantor (including terms such as “trustor”, “grantor”, and “assignor”) in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to Summit OP. Lender further consents to (A) the execution and delivery of the TRS Lease ( provided that such lease shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the liens and encumbrances securing the Obligations) and (B) the execution and delivery of the Management Agreement (subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement Assignment).
     6.  Borrower Representations and Warranties . As additional consideration to and inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and covenants with Lender as follows:
     (a) Representations and Warranties . Each and all representations and warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification are and will continue to be accurate, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by this Modification, and will survive such consummation.

8


 

     (b) No Defaults . Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents, nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default by Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
     (c) No Material Changes . There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or any other person whose financial statement has been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement received by Lender from Borrower or such other persons.
     (d) No Conflicts; No Consents Required . Neither execution nor delivery of this Modification nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default or an Event of Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound. No consents, approvals or authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by Borrower or for Borrower’s compliance with its terms and provisions.
     (e) Claims and Defenses . Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
     (f) Validity . This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each other Borrower Party, enforceable against Borrower and each other Borrower Party in accordance with their terms.
     (g) Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization . Borrower validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Modification and the other Loan Documents. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Modification and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.
     (h) No Duress . Borrower has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or any other party.
     (i) Franchise Obligations . Borrower is not in default under any franchise agreement or any related area development or similar agreement (each a “ Franchise Agreement ”) that permits Borrower to operate and/or develop a franchised concept at any one or more locations where the Collateral is located, and, without limiting the foregoing, Borrower is not in default under any Franchise Agreement or any agreement related thereto that obligates Borrower to purchase or lease additional furniture, fixtures or equipment or re-image or otherwise make material alterations or improvements to properties that are subject to a Franchise Agreement (together, “ Re-imaging Obligations ”). Borrower has sufficient working capital and cash flow to satisfy all Re-imaging Obligations that are currently due and all Re-imaging Obligations that will become due within the 12 month period following the date hereof.
     (j) Administrative, Criminal and Governmental Matters and Investigations . There are no administrative or criminal matters or investigations, government investigations or audits, or other similar matters currently pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party nor has any Borrower Party been involved in any such matters within the past seven years which has not been dismissed or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower Parties or the Property.
     (k) Bankruptcy and Similar Matters . There are no bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding currently pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened that involve any

9


 

Borrower Party. During the past seven years: (i) no assets of any Borrower Party have been the subject of any foreclosure or similar proceeding or been transferred by deed in lieu; (ii) no Borrower Party has filed (or had filed against such Borrower Party) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) no Person that is a principal officer, executive, member, manager or shareholder of a Borrower Party held a similar position in an entity that, during the time such Person held such position or within one year after leaving such position, filed (or had filed against it) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or that obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code.
     (l) Solvency . Both before and immediately after the consummation of the transactions described in this Modification and after giving effect to such transactions, (i) the value of the assets of Borrower (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower is able to pay all of its liabilities as such liabilities mature; and (iii) Borrower does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     (m) Franchise Agreement and Management Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement. Each of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement is in full force and effect. No notice of default from the Franchisor with respect to the obligations of the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement or from the Manager with respect to the obligations of the property owner under the Management Agreement has been received by Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been cured and no notice of default to such Franchisor or Manager has been given under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement that has not been cured. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement. Borrower is not subject to any “performance improvement plan” or similar requirements under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement or if Borrower is subject to such a performance improvement plan, the requirements thereof have been fully disclosed to Lender, including the expense, required reserves, and other requirements. Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior to the date of this Modification, neither the Franchise Agreement nor the Management Agreement contain any rights of first refusal or other options in favor of the Franchisor or management company to acquire any property of Borrower.
     (n) Information . All information provided to Lender by either Borrower or any other Borrower Party in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Modification or in or accompanying any loan application, Financial Statement (other than financial projections), certificate, or other document, and all other information delivered by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to Lender in entering into this Modification (collectively, the “ Information ”) is correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of such Information, and there are no omissions in any of the Information that result in any of the Information being materially incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the date of such Information. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is relying on the Information in entering into this Modification. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party has any knowledge of any material change in any of the Information that has not been disclosed to Lender in writing on or before the closing of the transactions described herein. All financial statements (other than financial projections) included in the Information were prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower and each other Borrower Party, respectively.
     (o) Full Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower or any other Borrower Party that relates to the transactions described in the Consent Letter or materially and adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been disclosed in this Modification, the Information, or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Lender prior to the date of this Modification.

10


 

     (p) No Plan Assets . Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower or any other Borrower Party constitutes or shall constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (i) neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (ii) transactions by or with Borrower or any other Borrower Party are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Modification.
     7.  Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full force and effect. Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification: (a) the liens of Lender on and security interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force and effect and none of the Collateral is or shall be released from such liens and security interests; and (b) this Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of Lender in respect of the Loan Documents.
     8.  Guarantor Provisions .
     (a) Agreement and Consent; Reaffirmation; and Acknowledgement . Guarantor consents and agrees to the terms and conditions of this Modification; and reaffirms the Guaranty and confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding this Modification and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the release of any collateral, the Guaranty and all of Guarantor’s covenants, obligations, agreements, waivers, and liabilities set forth in the Guaranty continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with respect to the obligations guaranteed, modified only to the extent that the guaranteed obligations are modified by this Modification.
     (b) Representations and Warranties . Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Guarantor from the most recent financial statement received by Lender from Guarantor; (ii) each and all representations and warranties of Guarantor in the Current Loan Documents are and will continue to be accurate, complete and correct; (iii) neither execution nor delivery of this Modification nor fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Guarantor is a party or by which Guarantor may be bound. No consents, approvals or authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by Guarantor or for Guarantor’s compliance with its terms and provisions; (iv) Guarantor has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or offsets against Lender or its predecessors in interest or with respect to any of its obligations or other liabilities under the Guaranty as a result of this Modifications or otherwise, any such claims, counterclaims, defenses or offsets being hereby waived and released; (v) Guarantor has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or any other party; (vi) this Modification is the legal, valid and binding agreement of Guarantor and is enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms; and (vi) Guarantor has the full power, authority, capacity and legal right to execute and deliver this Modification and, with respect to each Guarantor that is an entity, the parties executing this Modification on behalf of such Guarantor are fully authorized and directed to execute the same to on behalf of and to bind such Guarantor.
     9.  Fees and Costs . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification, Borrower will pay to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to Lender pursuant to this Modification: (a) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; (b) a processing fee of $500.00, to compensate Lender for the reasonable cost of reviewing and processing the transaction and matters contemplated by this Modification; and (c) any other outstanding and unpaid fees and costs due from Borrower.

11


 

     10.  Conditions Precedent . The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions and other matters contemplated by this Modification and the effectiveness of this Modification are subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent listed in this Section 10 and such other conditions as are specified elsewhere in this Modification (collectively, the “ Conditions ”), in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, waives satisfaction of a particular Condition in writing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all Conditions, as provided above, Lender will execute and deliver the Modification to Borrower, whereupon the Modification shall become effective:
     (a) Borrower Performance . Borrower and any Guarantor have duly executed and delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed all obligations required under this Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
     (b) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Borrower and any Guarantor contained in this Modification and any other document or instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all material respects.
     (c) Existence and Authority . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence that Borrower and any Guarantor are in good standing under the laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower and any Guarantor are duly authorized to do so.
     (d) Lien Priority . Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title reports, title insurance policies, and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lender’s liens in the Collateral.
     (e) Insurance . Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
     (f) Payment of Costs, Expenses, and Fees . All costs, expenses, and fees to be paid by Borrower as provided in this Modification shall have been paid in full.
     (g) No Default . No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.
     (h) Cross Agreement . Borrower shall have delivered a cross-collateralization and cross default agreement with respect to certain related agreements, as designated by Lender and described in such agreement, duly executed by Borrower and all other obligors under such related agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.
     (i) Consent Letter . All of the conditions precedent set forth in the Consent Letter shall have been satisfied in full and Lender shall have received and approved all of the fully-executed documents and instruments required pursuant to the Consent Letter.
     (j) Additional Security Interest . The TRS Lessee shall have granted to Lender a first priority perfected security interest in all of its assets in a form satisfactory to Lender.
     (k) REIT . The REIT Effective Date shall have occurred or shall occur concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification.
If all of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by March 31, 2011, then unless otherwise agreed by Lender in its sole discretion, this Modification will not be effective or binding on Lender.

12


 

     11.  Descriptions not Limiting . The description of the Loan Documents contained in this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents. The description in this Modification of the specific rights of Lender shall not be deemed to limit or exclude any other rights to which Lender may now be or may hereafter become entitled to under the Loan Documents at law, in equity or otherwise.
     12.  Release . Each of the Borrower Parties fully, finally and forever release and discharges each of the Lender Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts, demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that any of the Borrower Parties has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown, against any of the Lender Parties: (a) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the actions or omissions of Lender or any of the other Lender Parties in respect of the Loan or the Loan Documents; and arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification; or (b) relating to the making, validity, or enforceability of the Loan Documents, including this Modification. FURTHER, RELEASING PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTY’S FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTY’S SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
     13.  Receivers . Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may seek and obtain the appointment of a court-appointed receiver, regardless of the adequacy of Lender’s security, and each Borrower Party irrevocably consents to the appointment of such receiver. Any action or proceeding to obtain the appointment of a receiver may be brought any state or federal court having jurisdiction over such Borrower Party or the Collateral, and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens , that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions. Each Borrower Party hereby agrees that (a) the receiver may enter upon and take possession and control of the Collateral and shall perform all acts necessary and appropriate to implement the order appointing such receiver; (b) the receiver shall have access to the books and records used in the operation and maintenance of such Borrower Party’s business or the Collateral; and (c) Lender shall not be liable to any Borrower Party, or anyone claiming under or through any Borrower Party by reason of the appointment of a receiver or receiver’s actions or failure to act.
     14.  Inspections . Borrower and each other Borrower Party shall, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times), (a) provide access to each property owned, leased, or controlled by Borrower or such other Borrower Party to the Lender Parties, as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate; (b) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, audit and make extracts and copies (or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of Borrower’s and such Borrower Party’s Books and Records; and (c) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, review, evaluate and make physical verifications and appraisals of the Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender reasonably considers advisable, and, in each such case, Borrower and each other Borrower Party agrees to render to the Lender Parties, at Borrower’s cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
     15.  Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages . In no event shall Lender or any other Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any other Borrower Party on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). BORROWER AND EACH OTHER BORROWER PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO SUE UPON ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

13


 

     16.  Governing Law . THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA (AS IT RELATES TO ANY LOAN AND AS LIMITED THEREIN) SHALL GOVERN ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS MODIFICATION, INCLUDING ITS VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT; PROVIDED THAT THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, MATTERS IN ANY THIS MODIFICATION OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INTEREST RATES AND FEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH.
     17.  Jurisdiction and Service of Process .
     (a) Submission to Jurisdiction . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and each Borrower Party accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts; provided, however, that nothing in this Modification or the Loan Documents shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which any Collateral is located, to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under any Loan Document. Lender and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
     (b) Service of Process . Each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of such Borrower Party specified on the signature page hereto and shall be effective when such mailing shall be effective, as provided therein. Each Borrower Party further agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing contained in this Section 17 shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower or any other Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
     18.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . LENDER AND EACH BORROWER PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.
     19.  Authorization to Disclose. Each Borrower Party authorizes its banks, creditors (including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and franchisors to disclose and release to the Lender Parties any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of such Borrower Party; (b) the status of each franchise agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of such Borrower Party; and (d) such Borrower Party’s business operations. Each Borrower Party expressly authorizes the Lender Parties to perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to such Borrower Party and to answer questions about their credit experience with such Borrower Party. The information obtained by the Lender Parties pursuant to this Section, together with all other information which any of the Lender Parties now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to any Borrower Party, the Collateral, or the business operations of any Borrower Party, is referred to as the “ Borrower Party Information .”
     20.  Permitted Disclosures . Each Borrower Party authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower Party Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of a Borrower Party, upon written request by such franchisor or licensor (but only during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default); (b) to any proposed

14


 

transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender, investor, ratings agency, or other individual or entity with respect to any proposed sale, assignment, or other transfer by Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including servicing rights, or sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any affiliate of Lender or any insurance or title company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, including any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Modification and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction contemplated hereby, including in connection with the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies; (d) to the extent such information is or becomes available to Lender from sources not known by Lender to be subject to disclosure restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law or other legal process or is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as may otherwise be authorized in writing by such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party agrees that the disclosures permitted by this Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Party Information authorized pursuant to any of the Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may involve the transmission or other communication of Borrower Party Information from the nation of residence or domicile of such Borrower Party to another country or jurisdiction, and each Borrower Party waives the provisions of any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable governmental authority that would otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
     21.  Miscellaneous .
     (a) Notices . All notices, demands, requests, directions and other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or expressly authorized to be made by the Loan Documents will be written and addressed (a) if to Borrower or any other Borrower Party, to the address set forth for Borrower or such other Borrower Party on signature page hereto or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Lender after the date hereof; and (b) if to Lender, at the address set forth for Lender on the signature page hereto or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Borrower after the date hereof. Notices may be given by hand delivery; by overnight delivery service, freight prepaid; or by U.S. mail, postage paid. Notices given as described above shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (x) upon personal delivery to a responsible individual at Lender’s business office in Scottsdale, Arizona, if the Notice is given by hand delivery; (y) one Business Day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, if the Notice is given by overnight delivery service; and (z) two Business Days following deposit in the U.S. mail, if the Notice is given by U.S. mail.
     (b) Effect of Waivers and Consents . Lender’s consent to or waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a consent to or waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.
     (c) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in this Modification.
     (d) Binding Effect . This Modification shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of Lender, each Borrower Party, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.
     (e) Further Assurances . Each Borrower Party shall execute, acknowledge (as appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
     (f) Document Execution; Counterparts; Electronic Transmissions . Anything in the Current Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding:
     (i) Counterparts . This Modification, as well as any other Loan Document, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Except as provided in clause (ii) below, an executed signature page of this Modification or any other Loan Document that is an Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

15


 

     (ii) When Electronic Transmissions Authorized . Lender and the Borrower Parties may (but are not required to) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate any Loan Document as an Electronic Transmission, other than the following, each of which shall require a live pen and ink original:
     (A) Any Loan Document that is to be filed or recorded in the official records of a governmental authority; and
     (B) Any other Loan Document that Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion and in its instructions to Borrower or any other Borrower Party, specifies must be a live pen and ink original, which instructions may also provide that Lender will accept signature pages as an Electronic Transmission in order to close the Loan, provided that live pen and ink signature pages are delivered to Lender within the time period specified by Lender in the instructions, with Lender being entitled, upon written notice to Borrower or such other Borrower Party, to treat such Borrower Party’s failure to deliver the required live pen and ink signature pages within the specified time period as an Event of Default for which Borrower shall have a five-day cure period.
Electronic Transmission ” means each document, instruction, authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or any system used to receive or transmit faxes electronically.
     (iii) Effectiveness of Electronic Transmissions . Subject to the provisions of clause (ii) above, Lender and the Borrower Parties agree: (A) that a Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission, including a party’s signature on such Loan Document, shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “writing,” “authentication,” or “signature” pursuant to any provision of any of the Loan Documents or applicable law; (B) each such Electronic Transmission shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as a signed paper original; and (C) not to contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission under the provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or signed; provided, however , that nothing in this subsection shall limit a party’s right to contest whether any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission has been altered after transmission or that the Electronic Transmission was delivered to an appropriate representative of Lender. Lender and each Borrower Party acknowledge and agree that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and assume and accept such risks.
     (g) Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and agreement of Borrower and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior representations, warranties, agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan Documents may be changed, discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing signed by Lender and Borrower.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

16


 

Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
         
  LENDER:

GE CAPITAL COMMERCIAL OF UTAH LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lisa Everroad  
    Printed Name:   Lisa Everroad  
    Its: Authorized Signatory  
    Date Signed:  February 14, 2011   
 
  8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Collateral Management

With a copy to:
GE Capital Commercial Inc.
6510 Milrock Drive, Suite 200
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOSPITALITY V, LLC, a South Dakota
limited liability company

By:  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company, its Sole Member

By:  THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
        corporation, its Company Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  Address for Notices:

2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng  
 
     

17


 

         
         
  PRE-MERGER GUARANTOR :

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota
limited liability company

By:  THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
        corporation, its Company Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  Address for Notices:

2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng

GUARANTOR:

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership

By:  SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited
        liability company, its General Partner

By:  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a
        Maryland corporation, its Sole Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  Address for Notices:

2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
 
 
     

18


 

         
EXHIBIT A
LOAN SCHEDULE

 


 

EXHIBIT B
DESIGNATED PARTIES AND DESIGNATED LOAN/DESIGNATED PROPERTY

 


 

EXHIBIT C
CONSENT LETTER

 

EXHIBIT 10.6
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Modification ”) is entered into as of February 14, 2011, by and between the lender(s) (“ Lender ”) listed on Exhibit A (the “ Loan Schedule ”) and the borrower(s) listed on the Loan Schedule. References in this Modification to “ Lender ” and “ Borrower ” shall be construed to mean and refer to each Lender and each Borrower, respectively, listed on the Loan Schedule.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
     A. In connection with the loan described on the Loan Schedule (the “ Loan ”), Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“ Pre-Merger Borrower ”) has entered into a loan agreement with Lender (such loan agreement, as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed, the “ Loan Agreement ”). The Loan Agreement, the promissory note evidencing the Loan, and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the Loan (all as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed) are referred to collectively as the “ Current Loan Documents .” The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ,” and references in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification to the “Loan Documents,” or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to such Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
     B. As described in that certain letter regarding Lender Consent and Summary of Modification Regarding Certain Loans (the “ Consent Letter ”) Pre-Merger Borrower intends to merge (the “ Merger ”), concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification, with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. The Consent Letter provides the terms and conditions of Lender’s consent to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Letter, Pre-Merger Borrower agreed to enter into certain modifications of the Current Loan Documents. A copy of the Consent Letter is attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     C. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Documents.
AGREEMENT
     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Preliminary Statement and Loan Schedule . Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on the Loan Schedule is complete and correct.
     2.  Definitions . As used in this Modification, the following terms are defined as follows:
     “ Business Day ” means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are required or authorized to close in Phoenix, Arizona or New York, New York.
     “ Collateral ” means all real and personal property, tangible and intangible, as to which Lender is granted a Lien pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and any other property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a Lien in favor of Lender, with references to the Collateral to include all or any portion of or interest in any of the Collateral.
     “ Default ” means any Event of Default and any event, occurrence, or circumstance that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.
     “ Event of Default ” means any event, occurrence, or circumstance that is or would constitute a default under, or a specified Event of Default pursuant to, the terms of any of the Loan Documents.

 


 

     “ Lender Party ” and “ Lender Parties ” means Lender, each affiliate of Lender, and each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant, adviser, and consultant of or to Lender or any such affiliate.
     “ Obligations ” means, with respect to any Borrower Party, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description (including for the payment of money), owing by such Borrower Party to Lender, any other Lender Party or any Secured Swap Provider arising out of, under, or in connection with any Loan Document or any Related Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising, however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument.
     “ Payment Day ” means the first day of each calendar month.
     “ Rate Contract ” means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.
     “ Secured Rate Contract ” means any Rate Contract between Borrower and the counterparty thereto which has been provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender.
     “ Secured Swap Provider ” means a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate Contract provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, and any assignee thereof.
     “ Site ” shall have the same meaning as the term “Premises” in the Loan Agreement.
     3.  Loan Balance . Borrower acknowledges as correct the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and accrued and unpaid interest, as set forth on the Loan Schedule, as of the dates there stated.
     4.  Modifications . In addition to any and all other modifications made by this Modification, the Current Loan Documents are modified and supplemented as follows:
     (a) Definitions . The following definitions contained in Section 1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as follows:
Borrower Party ” means Borrower and each other individual or entity that executes any of the Loan Documents or that is or may become a party to or bound by any Loan Document, other than Lender.
Change in Control ” means any change in control of any of the Borrower Parties, including, without limitation, any of the following: (a) if Summit GP shall cease to be the sole general partner of Borrower; (b) Summit GP shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by SHP, Inc.; (c) SHP, Inc. shall cease to own at least 70% of the general and limited partnership interests in Borrower; (d) Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Borrower; (e) TRS Lessee shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.; or (f) if any Person as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act who subsequent to the REIT Effective Date becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)-(3) under the Exchange Act) of securities of SHP, Inc. or any of the other Borrower Parties, as applicable, representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of SHP, Inc.’s then outstanding securities.
Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the TRS Security Agreement, the Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cross Agreement, the Management Agreement Assignment, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding

2


 

Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between Manager and TRS Lessee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Manager ” means Interstate Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Permitted Exceptions ” means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy (or endorsements thereto) issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole discretion
     (b) Additional Definitions . The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1 of the Loan Agreement:
Cross Agreement ” means that certain Cross Collateralization and Cross Default Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by and among Borrower, Lender and certain Affiliates of Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Lease Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Operating Lease Subordination Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement Assignment ” means that certain Assignment, Consent and Subordination Regarding Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Manager, TRS Lessee and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
REIT Effective Date ” means the date on which both (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC has been merged into Summit OP and (b) SHP, Inc. has completed an initial public offering as described in the Prospectus dated January 28, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
SHP, Inc. ” means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Summit GP ” means Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Summit OP ” means Summit Hotel OP, LLP, a Delaware limited partnership.
TRS Lease ” means that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between Borrower, as lessor and TRS Lessee, as lessee.
TRS Lessee ” means Summit Hotel TRS 022, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
TRS Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee, as debtor in favor of Lender, as secured party, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     (c) Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Section 6J of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
     J. Debt Service Coverage Ratio . From and after the Completion Date, Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries (and eliminating any intercompany transactions) shall maintain a

3


 

Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Borrower’s fiscal year-end. For purposes of this Section, the term “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
     For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     “ Depreciation and Amortization ” shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Interest Expense ” shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     (d) Covenants . The following covenant is added to Section 6 of the Loan Agreement:
     R. ERISA . Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder or the exercise by Lender of any of Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. Borrower further agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time, as requested by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, that (a) Borrower is not and does not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (b) Borrower is not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (c) one or more of the following circumstances is true: (i) equity interests in Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(b)(2); (ii) less than 25% of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(f)(2); or (iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).
     (e) Defaults and Remedies . The following Event of Default is hereby added to Section 9A of the Loan Agreement:
     (9) If there shall occur any default or event of default under the TRS Lease.
     (f) Interest Rate Modification . Effective from and after July 1, 2011 (such date, the “ New Interest Rate Effective Date ”), interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan at a per annum rate equal to the Variable Rate. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 consecutive 30-day months. Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest for the Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate for the Loan, as provided in this Modification; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as interest or in the nature of interest. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RATE OF INTEREST TO APPLY AFTER THE NEW INTEREST RATE EFFECTIVE DATE IS DIFFERENT FROM THE RATE OF INTEREST APPLICABLE TO THE LOAN PRIOR TO SUCH DATE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Current Loan Documents, the following definitions shall control:
     (i) “ Spread ” means 4.00%.

4


 

     (ii) “ Variable Rate ” means (A) for the period commencing on the New Interest Rate Effective Date and continuing through the day immediately preceding the first monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on last day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the New Interest Rate Effective Date occurs plus the Spread; and (B) thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on the last Business Day of the month preceding a particular Variable Rate Set Date plus the Spread. The Variable Rate so determined will be effective from, and including, such Variable Rate Set Date to, but not including, the next Variable Rate Set Date.
     (iii) “ Variable Rate Base ” means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the 90-day London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal . If for any reason such rate is no longer published in The Wall Street Journal , Lender shall select such replacement index as Lender in its sole discretion determines most closely approximates such rate.
     (iv) “ Variable Rate Set Date ” means the first monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each succeeding monthly payment due date thereafter.
     (g) Monthly Payment Amount . Regular monthly payments (each, a “ Monthly Payment ”) will continue to be due and payable on the Payment Day during the term of the Note. For each Monthly Payment due prior to August 1, 2011, such payment shall be in the amount calculated pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. Commencing with the Monthly Payment due August 1, 2011, each Monthly Payment will equal the level monthly payment of principal and interest required to fully amortize the unpaid principal balance of the Loan outstanding on a Reference Date over the then remaining Amortization Period, at an interest rate equal to the Variable Rate calculated as of (i) the New Interest Rate Effective Date in the case of the July 1, 2011 Reference Date and (ii) the last Business Day of the second month preceding such Reference Date in the case of each subsequent Reference Date. The Monthly Payment amount so calculated will be in effect commencing with the first Payment Day following such Reference Date and for the next 11 Monthly Payments or through the Maturity Date, if the Maturity Date occurs during such period, with the Monthly Payment amount to be recalculated on each Reference Date. If a particular Monthly Payment is insufficient to pay all of the accrued and unpaid interest as of due date for such Monthly Payment, then that portion of the accrued and unpaid interest in excess of the portion actually paid shall thereupon be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Loan and shall thereafter accrue interest at the Variable Rate. On the Maturity Date, in addition to the required Monthly Payment, Borrower shall also pay the entire remaining unpaid balance of the Loan, if any, all accrued and unpaid interest, and any other amounts payable under this Modification and the other Loan Documents. “ Reference Date ” means the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each anniversary of such date. “ Amortization Period ” means the remainder of the amortization period provided pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. BORROWER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL PAYMENT WILL BE DUE ON THE MATURITY DATE, AS THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS MODIFICATION HAVE BEEN CALCULATED BASED ON AN AMORTIZATION PERIOD THAT EXCEEDS THE LOAN TERM; THEREFORE A MAJOR PORTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN WILL NOT HAVE BEEN PAID THROUGH THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS.
     (h) Prepayments . From and after August 1, 2011, the provisions of the Current Loan Documents regarding prepayments of principal are hereby amended to provide as follows:
     (i) Generally . Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents: (A) prepayments must be made on a Payment Day (the “ Permitted Prepayment Date ”); (B) Borrower must give Lender at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the proposed prepayment; (C) the prepayment must be for the full outstanding principal balance of the Loan (except in the case of condemnation proceeds and awards being applied to the Obligations, in which case a partial

5


 

prepayment will be permitted); and (D) the prepayment must be accompanied by payment to Lender of: (1) interest on the prepaid principal through the Permitted Prepayment Date; (2) any and all other amounts due and payable with respect to the Loan; and (3) a Prepayment Fee in the amount described below. SINCE PREPAYMENTS ARE ONLY PERMITTED ON PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATES AND INTEREST ON THE PREPAYMENT AMOUNT MUST BE PAID THROUGH THE PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE, EVEN IF LENDER AGREES TO ACCEPT A PREPAYMENT ON A DATE OTHER THAN A PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE THERE WILL BE NO REDUCTION IN THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST REQUIRED TO BE PAID AS PROVIDED ABOVE AND, ACCORDINGLY, AS A FURTHER CONDITION TO THE PREPAYMENT AND IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER AMOUNTS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF SUCH PREPAYMENT, BORROWER WILL PAY TO LENDER THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST THAT WOULD HAVE ACCRUED, BUT FOR THE PREPAYMENT, FROM THE DATE OF PREPAYMENT TO THE NEXT PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE. Any other provision of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if prepayment occurs as a result of acceleration by Lender in exercise of Lender’s rights, then, in addition to any other amounts that Borrower may owe Lender, Borrower is also obligated to pay the Prepayment Fee.
     (ii) Prepayment Fee . The “ Prepayment Fee ” will equal to 2% of the amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid, if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013.
     (i) Additional Financial Covenant . Commencing with the TTM Period (defined below) ending July 31, 2011 and continuing until all Obligations under the Loan Documents are fully paid and performed, in addition to and not in limitation of, any financial covenants in the Current Loan Documents:
     (i) FCCR (Consolidated) . As measured for Borrower, the TRS Lessee and the Affiliates of Borrower listed on Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the “ Designated Parties ”) with respect to the operations of each of the hotel properties listed on Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Designated Properties ”) on the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal quarters (or other period) listed in the chart below in this Section  4(i)(i) (each, a “ Testing Date ”), the Designated Parties must have a Combined FCCR equal to or greater than the ratio set forth in the chart below in this Section  4(i)(i) . “ Combined FCCR ” means, with respect to the 12-month period of time (each, the “ TTM Period ”) immediately preceding each Testing Date, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP and calculated according to the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, of (i) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: net income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, management fees, replacement reserves, and Operating Lease Expenses, minus 4% of total room revenues as an assumed reserve for replacement (or actual reserve for replacement if greater) and 4% of total room revenues as an assumed management fee (or actual management fee if greater), plus or minus other non-cash adjustments or non-recurring items (as allowed by Lender), to (ii) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: Operating Lease Expenses, principal payments of long term debt, current portion of all Capital Leases, and interest expense for the TTM Period (excluding non-cash interest expense, amortization of non-cash financing expenses, and principal and interest payments on Loans that have been paid off in full; provided that if a loan designated on Exhibit B (each, a “Designated Loan ”) has been partially paid off or refinanced, then an estimate of 12 months of principal and interest payments for the remaining unpaid portion, as determined by Lender in accordance with the applicable documents and instruments for the Designated Loan, shall be included in the computation of principal and interest payments for the purpose of determining the Combined FCCR. If a Designated Property is released by Lender as collateral (including, for example, upon payment in full of the affected Designated Loan) the income and expenses of that Designated Property (as determined by Lender) will be excluded from the determination of the Combined FCCR. The foregoing shall not obligate Lender to release any collateral or accept prepayments other than as provided in the Loan Documents and other applicable documents and instruments with respect to the Designated Loans.

6


 

         
Covenant   Trailing Twelve Months Ending   Covenant Level
Combined FCCR Covenant
  July 31, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  September 30, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  December 31, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  March 31, 2012 and as of each fiscal quarter end thereafter   1.30:1.00 
     (ii) Definitions . The following terms used in Section  4(i)(i) of this Modification shall have the following meanings:
Capital Lease ” means, with respect to any person or entity, any lease of, or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person or entity as lessee that has been or should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person or entity prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expenses ” means all payments and expenses incurred by Borrower, the TRS Lessee or the applicable Designated Party with respect to each lease, if any, and with respect to any and all other operating leases during the period of determination, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
     (j) Non-Conforming Payments . Borrower acknowledges and agrees that credit to Borrower’s account may be delayed if the payment is not made as provided in the Loan Documents or if not accompanied by the correct invoice number. Lender may, at its sole option, refuse any amount tendered by Borrower that is not in the required form or in the exact amount of the required payment. Delayed credit may cause Borrower to incur a late payment fee. Credit for payments is subject to final payment by the institution on which the item of payment was drawn. UNAUTHORIZED FORMS OF PAYMENT, SUCH AS CASH, CASHIER’S CHECKS, OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS, TELLER’S CHECKS, CERTIFIED CHECKS, TRAVELERS’ CHECKS, AND MONEY ORDERS, ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF PAYMENT AND MAY BE RETURNED TO BORROWER AT BORROWER’S RISK OF LOSS .
     (k) Disputed Payments . All written communication concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that (i) indicates that the written payment constitutes “payment in full” or is tendered as full satisfaction of a disputed amount; or (ii) is tendered with other conditions or limitation must be mailed or delivered to us at the following address and not to the address shown on the invoice as the address for remitting payments, unless Lender otherwise directs:
GE Capital Franchise Finance
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Customer Service Center
     (l) Flood Insurance . Within 45 days after written notice from Lender to Borrower that a particular Site that is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, or similar real property lien, is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Administration, Borrower shall provide flood insurance coverage sufficient to rebuild or replace the building, equipment and improvements in an amount equal to the maximum amount of coverage available under the National Flood Insurance Program with a deductible not to exceed $25,000.
WARNING
Unless you (Borrower) provide us (Lender) with evidence of insurance coverage as required by our Loan Agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to protect our interest. This insurance

7


 

may, but need not, also protect your interest. If the collateral becomes damaged, the coverage we purchase may not pay any claim you make or any claim made against you. You may later cancel this coverage by providing evidence that you obtained property coverage elsewhere. You are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us. The cost of this insurance may be added to your contract or loan balance. If the cost is added to your contract or loan balance, the interest rate on the underlying contract or loan will apply to this added amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your prior coverage lapsed or the date you failed to provide proof of coverage. The coverage we purchase may be considerably more expensive than insurance you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy any need for property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance imposed by applicable law.
     (m) Agreement to Pay Effective Rate of Interest . Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest on each Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate provided in the Loan Documents for such Loan; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as interest or in the nature of interest.
     5.  Merger/Change in Control/Other Consents . Borrower represents and warrants that it is the successor by merger to the Pre-Merger Borrower and by virtue of such merger has assumed, agreed to pay and perform and is otherwise subject to and bound by all of the obligations and liabilities of Pre-Merger Borrower, including, without limitation, the Obligations. Without limiting the foregoing or the legal effect of such merger, Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to pay and perform all of the Obligations and to be subject to and bound by all of the liens, encumbrances, security interests, assignments and other grants of security made in connection with the Loan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 9 and the effectiveness of this Modification, (a) Lender (i) consents to the merger of Pre-Merger Borrower with and into Borrower and (ii) acknowledges that the general partner of the Borrower will be Summit GP, which shall be wholly-owned by SHP, Inc., which shall be a publicly-traded REIT, and (b) all references to the Borrower (including terms such as “trustor”, “grantor”, and “assignor”) in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to Summit OP. Lender further consents to (A) the execution and delivery of the TRS Lease ( provided that such lease shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the liens and encumbrances securing the Obligations) and (B) the execution and delivery of the Management Agreement (subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement Assignment).
     6.  Borrower Representations and Warranties . As additional consideration to and inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and covenants with Lender as follows:
     (a) Representations and Warranties . Each and all representations and warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification are and will continue to be accurate, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by this Modification, and will survive such consummation.
     (b) No Defaults . Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents, nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default by Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
     (c) No Material Changes . There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or any other person whose financial statement has been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement received by Lender from Borrower or such other persons.
     (d) No Conflicts; No Consents Required . Neither execution nor delivery of this Modification nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default or an Event of Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound. No consents, approvals or

8


 

authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by Borrower or for Borrower’s compliance with its terms and provisions.
     (e) Claims and Defenses . Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
     (f) Validity . This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each other Borrower Party, enforceable against Borrower and each other Borrower Party in accordance with their terms.
     (g) Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization . Borrower validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Modification and the other Loan Documents. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Modification and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.
     (h) No Duress . Borrower has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or any other party.
     (i) Franchise Obligations . Borrower is not in default under any franchise agreement or any related area development or similar agreement (each a “ Franchise Agreement ”) that permits Borrower to operate and/or develop a franchised concept at any one or more locations where the Collateral is located, and, without limiting the foregoing, Borrower is not in default under any Franchise Agreement or any agreement related thereto that obligates Borrower to purchase or lease additional furniture, fixtures or equipment or re-image or otherwise make material alterations or improvements to properties that are subject to a Franchise Agreement (together, “ Re-imaging Obligations ”). Borrower has sufficient working capital and cash flow to satisfy all Re-imaging Obligations that are currently due and all Re-imaging Obligations that will become due within the 12 month period following the date hereof.
     (j) Administrative, Criminal and Governmental Matters and Investigations . There are no administrative or criminal matters or investigations, government investigations or audits, or other similar matters currently pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party nor has any Borrower Party been involved in any such matters within the past seven years which has not been dismissed or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower Parties or the Property.
     (k) Bankruptcy and Similar Matters . There are no bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding currently pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party. During the past seven years: (i) no assets of any Borrower Party have been the subject of any foreclosure or similar proceeding or been transferred by deed in lieu; (ii) no Borrower Party has filed (or had filed against such Borrower Party) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) no Person that is a principal officer, executive, member, manager or shareholder of a Borrower Party held a similar position in an entity that, during the time such Person held such position or within one year after leaving such position, filed (or had filed against it) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or that obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code.
     (l) Solvency . Both before and immediately after the consummation of the transactions described in this Modification and after giving effect to such transactions, (i) the value of the assets of Borrower (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower is able to pay all of its

9


 

liabilities as such liabilities mature; and (iii) Borrower does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     (m) Franchise Agreement and Management Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement. Each of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement is in full force and effect. No notice of default from the Franchisor with respect to the obligations of the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement or from the Manager with respect to the obligations of the property owner under the Management Agreement has been received by Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been cured and no notice of default to such Franchisor or Manager has been given under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement that has not been cured. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement. Borrower is not subject to any “performance improvement plan” or similar requirements under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement or if Borrower is subject to such a performance improvement plan, the requirements thereof have been fully disclosed to Lender, including the expense, required reserves, and other requirements. Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior to the date of this Modification, neither the Franchise Agreement nor the Management Agreement contain any rights of first refusal or other options in favor of the Franchisor or management company to acquire any property of Borrower.
     (n) Information . All information provided to Lender by either Borrower or any other Borrower Party in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Modification or in or accompanying any loan application, Financial Statement (other than financial projections), certificate, or other document, and all other information delivered by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to Lender in entering into this Modification (collectively, the “ Information ”) is correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of such Information, and there are no omissions in any of the Information that result in any of the Information being materially incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the date of such Information. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is relying on the Information in entering into this Modification. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party has any knowledge of any material change in any of the Information that has not been disclosed to Lender in writing on or before the closing of the transactions described herein. All financial statements (other than financial projections) included in the Information were prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower and each other Borrower Party, respectively.
     (o) Full Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower or any other Borrower Party that relates to the transactions described in the Consent Letter or materially and adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been disclosed in this Modification, the Information, or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Lender prior to the date of this Modification.
     (p) No Plan Assets . Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower or any other Borrower Party constitutes or shall constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (i) neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (ii) transactions by or with Borrower or any other Borrower Party are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Modification.
     7.  Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full force and effect.

10


 

Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification: (a) the liens of Lender on and security interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force and effect and none of the Collateral is or shall be released from such liens and security interests; and (b) this Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of Lender in respect of the Loan Documents.
     8.  Fees and Costs . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification, Borrower will pay to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to Lender pursuant to this Modification: (a) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; (b) a processing fee of $500.00, to compensate Lender for the reasonable cost of reviewing and processing the transaction and matters contemplated by this Modification; and (c) any other outstanding and unpaid fees and costs due from Borrower.
     9.  Conditions Precedent . The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions and other matters contemplated by this Modification and the effectiveness of this Modification are subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent listed in this Section 9 and such other conditions as are specified elsewhere in this Modification (collectively, the “ Conditions ”), in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, waives satisfaction of a particular Condition in writing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all Conditions, as provided above, Lender will execute and deliver the Modification to Borrower, whereupon the Modification shall become effective:
     (a) Borrower Performance . Borrower and any Guarantor have duly executed and delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed all obligations required under this Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
     (b) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Borrower and any Guarantor contained in this Modification and any other document or instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all material respects.
     (c) Existence and Authority . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence that Borrower and any Guarantor are in good standing under the laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower and any Guarantor are duly authorized to do so.
     (d) Lien Priority . Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title reports, title insurance policies, and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lender’s liens in the Collateral.
     (e) Insurance . Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
     (f) Payment of Costs, Expenses, and Fees . All costs, expenses, and fees to be paid by Borrower as provided in this Modification shall have been paid in full.
     (g) No Default . No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.
     (h) Cross Agreement . Borrower shall have delivered a cross-collateralization and cross default agreement with respect to certain related agreements, as designated by Lender and described in such agreement, duly executed by Borrower and all other obligors under such related agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

11


 

     (i) Consent Letter . All of the conditions precedent set forth in the Consent Letter shall have been satisfied in full and Lender shall have received and approved all of the fully-executed documents and instruments required pursuant to the Consent Letter.
     (j) Additional Security Interest . The TRS Lessee shall have granted to Lender a first priority perfected security interest in all of its assets in a form satisfactory to Lender.
     (k) REIT . The REIT Effective Date shall have occurred or shall occur concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification.
If all of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by March 31, 2011, then unless otherwise agreed by Lender in its sole discretion, this Modification will not be effective or binding on Lender.
     10.  Descriptions not Limiting . The description of the Loan Documents contained in this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents. The description in this Modification of the specific rights of Lender shall not be deemed to limit or exclude any other rights to which Lender may now be or may hereafter become entitled to under the Loan Documents at law, in equity or otherwise.
     11.  Release . Each of the Borrower Parties fully, finally and forever release and discharges each of the Lender Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts, demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that any of the Borrower Parties has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown, against any of the Lender Parties: (a) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the actions or omissions of Lender or any of the other Lender Parties in respect of the Loan or the Loan Documents; and arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification; or (b) relating to the making, validity, or enforceability of the Loan Documents, including this Modification. FURTHER, RELEASING PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTY’S FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTY’S SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
     12.  Receivers . Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may seek and obtain the appointment of a court-appointed receiver, regardless of the adequacy of Lender’s security, and each Borrower Party irrevocably consents to the appointment of such receiver. Any action or proceeding to obtain the appointment of a receiver may be brought any state or federal court having jurisdiction over such Borrower Party or the Collateral, and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens , that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions. Each Borrower Party hereby agrees that (a) the receiver may enter upon and take possession and control of the Collateral and shall perform all acts necessary and appropriate to implement the order appointing such receiver; (b) the receiver shall have access to the books and records used in the operation and maintenance of such Borrower Party’s business or the Collateral; and (c) Lender shall not be liable to any Borrower Party, or anyone claiming under or through any Borrower Party by reason of the appointment of a receiver or receiver’s actions or failure to act.
     13.  Inspections . Borrower and each other Borrower Party shall, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times), (a) provide access to each property owned, leased, or controlled by Borrower or such other Borrower Party to the Lender Parties, as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate; (b) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, audit and make extracts and copies

12


 

(or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of Borrower’s and such Borrower Party’s Books and Records; and (c) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, review, evaluate and make physical verifications and appraisals of the Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender reasonably considers advisable, and, in each such case, Borrower and each other Borrower Party agrees to render to the Lender Parties, at Borrower’s cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
     14.  Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages . In no event shall Lender or any other Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any other Borrower Party on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). BORROWER AND EACH OTHER BORROWER PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO SUE UPON ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
     15.  Governing Law . THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA (AS IT RELATES TO ANY LOAN AND AS LIMITED THEREIN) SHALL GOVERN ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS MODIFICATION, INCLUDING ITS VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT; PROVIDED THAT THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, MATTERS IN ANY THIS MODIFICATION OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INTEREST RATES AND FEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH.
     16.  Jurisdiction and Service of Process .
     (a) Submission to Jurisdiction . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and each Borrower Party accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts; provided, however, that nothing in this Modification or the Loan Documents shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which any Collateral is located, to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under any Loan Document. Lender and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
     (b) Service of Process . Each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of such Borrower Party specified on the signature page hereto and shall be effective when such mailing shall be effective, as provided therein. Each Borrower Party further agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing contained in this Section 16 shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower or any other Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . LENDER AND EACH BORROWER PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.

13


 

     18.  Authorization to Disclose. Each Borrower Party authorizes its banks, creditors (including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and franchisors to disclose and release to the Lender Parties any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of such Borrower Party; (b) the status of each franchise agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of such Borrower Party; and (d) such Borrower Party’s business operations. Each Borrower Party expressly authorizes the Lender Parties to perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to such Borrower Party and to answer questions about their credit experience with such Borrower Party. The information obtained by the Lender Parties pursuant to this Section, together with all other information which any of the Lender Parties now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to any Borrower Party, the Collateral, or the business operations of any Borrower Party, is referred to as the “ Borrower Party Information .”
     19.  Permitted Disclosures . Each Borrower Party authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower Party Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of a Borrower Party, upon written request by such franchisor or licensor (but only during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default); (b) to any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender, investor, ratings agency, or other individual or entity with respect to any proposed sale, assignment, or other transfer by Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including servicing rights, or sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any affiliate of Lender or any insurance or title company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, including any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Modification and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction contemplated hereby, including in connection with the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies; (d) to the extent such information is or becomes available to Lender from sources not known by Lender to be subject to disclosure restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law or other legal process or is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as may otherwise be authorized in writing by such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party agrees that the disclosures permitted by this Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Party Information authorized pursuant to any of the Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may involve the transmission or other communication of Borrower Party Information from the nation of residence or domicile of such Borrower Party to another country or jurisdiction, and each Borrower Party waives the provisions of any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable governmental authority that would otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
     20.  Miscellaneous .
     (a) Notices . All notices, demands, requests, directions and other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or expressly authorized to be made by the Loan Documents will be written and addressed (a) if to Borrower or any other Borrower Party, to the address set forth for Borrower or such other Borrower Party on signature page hereto or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Lender after the date hereof; and (b) if to Lender, at the address set forth for Lender on the signature page hereto or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Borrower after the date hereof. Notices may be given by hand delivery; by overnight delivery service, freight prepaid; or by U.S. mail, postage paid. Notices given as described above shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (x) upon personal delivery to a responsible individual at Lender’s business office in Scottsdale, Arizona, if the Notice is given by hand delivery; (y) one Business Day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, if the Notice is given by overnight delivery service; and (z) two Business Days following deposit in the U.S. mail, if the Notice is given by U.S. mail.
     (b) Effect of Waivers and Consents . Lender’s consent to or waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a consent to or waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.
     (c) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in this Modification.
     (d) Binding Effect . This Modification shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of Lender, each Borrower Party, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.

14


 

     (e) Further Assurances . Each Borrower Party shall execute, acknowledge (as appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
     (f) Document Execution; Counterparts; Electronic Transmissions . Anything in the Current Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding:
     (i) Counterparts . This Modification, as well as any other Loan Document, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Except as provided in clause (ii) below, an executed signature page of this Modification or any other Loan Document that is an Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
     (ii) When Electronic Transmissions Authorized . Lender and the Borrower Parties may (but are not required to) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate any Loan Document as an Electronic Transmission, other than the following, each of which shall require a live pen and ink original:
     (A) Any Loan Document that is to be filed or recorded in the official records of a governmental authority; and
     (B) Any other Loan Document that Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion and in its instructions to Borrower or any other Borrower Party, specifies must be a live pen and ink original, which instructions may also provide that Lender will accept signature pages as an Electronic Transmission in order to close the Loan, provided that live pen and ink signature pages are delivered to Lender within the time period specified by Lender in the instructions, with Lender being entitled, upon written notice to Borrower or such other Borrower Party, to treat such Borrower Party’s failure to deliver the required live pen and ink signature pages within the specified time period as an Event of Default for which Borrower shall have a five-day cure period.
Electronic Transmission ” means each document, instruction, authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or any system used to receive or transmit faxes electronically.
     (iii) Effectiveness of Electronic Transmissions . Subject to the provisions of clause (ii) above, Lender and the Borrower Parties agree: (A) that a Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission, including a party’s signature on such Loan Document, shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “writing,” “authentication,” or “signature” pursuant to any provision of any of the Loan Documents or applicable law; (B) each such Electronic Transmission shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as a signed paper original; and (C) not to contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission under the provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or signed; provided, however , that nothing in this subsection shall limit a party’s right to contest whether any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission has been altered after transmission or that the Electronic Transmission was delivered to an appropriate representative of Lender. Lender and each Borrower Party acknowledge and agree that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and assume and accept such risks.
     (g) Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and agreement of Borrower

15


 

and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior representations, warranties, agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan Documents may be changed, discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing signed by Lender and Borrower.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

16


 

Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
         
  LENDER:

GE CAPITAL COMMERCIAL OF UTAH LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lisa Everroad  
    Printed Name:   Lisa Everroad  
    Its: Authorized Signatory  
    Date Signed:  February 14, 2011   
 
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Collateral Management

With a copy to:
GE Capital Commercial Inc.
6510 Milrock Drive, Suite 200
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

17


 

         
  PRE-MERGER BORROWER :

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By: THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota
corporation, its Company Manager
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng   
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
         
  BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
 
 
  By: SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner
 
 
  By: SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation, its Sole Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng   
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
Address for Notices:
2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng

18


 

EXHIBIT A
LOAN SCHEDULE

 


 

EXHIBIT B
DESIGNATED PARTIES AND DESIGNATED LOAN/DESIGNATED PROPERTY

 


 

EXHIBIT C
CONSENT LETTER

 

EXHIBIT 10.7
LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Modification ”) is entered into as of February 14, 2011, by and between the lender(s) (“ Lender ”) listed on Exhibit A (the “ Loan Schedule ”) and the borrower(s) listed on the Loan Schedule. References in this Modification to “ Lender ” and “ Borrower ” shall be construed to mean and refer to each Lender and each Borrower, respectively, listed on the Loan Schedule.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
     A. In connection with the loan described on the Loan Schedule (the “ Loan ”), Summit Hotel Properties, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company (“ Pre-Merger Borrower ”) has entered into a loan agreement with Lender (such loan agreement, as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed, the “ Loan Agreement ”). The Loan Agreement, the promissory note evidencing the Loan, and the other documents and instruments currently evidencing and securing the Loan (all as previously amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed) are referred to collectively as the “ Current Loan Documents .” The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are referred to as the “ Loan Documents ,” and references in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification to the “Loan Documents,” or any of them, shall be deemed to be a reference to such Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification.
     B. As described in that certain letter regarding Lender Consent and Summary of Modification Regarding Certain Loans (the “ Consent Letter ”) Pre-Merger Borrower intends to merge (the “ Merger ”), concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification, with and into Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership. The Consent Letter provides the terms and conditions of Lender’s consent to the Merger. In addition, pursuant to the Consent Letter, Pre-Merger Borrower agreed to enter into certain modifications of the Current Loan Documents. A copy of the Consent Letter is attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     C. Capitalized terms used in this Modification and not otherwise defined in this Modification shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Documents.
AGREEMENT
     For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Preliminary Statement and Loan Schedule . Borrower acknowledges the accuracy of the Preliminary Statement and the parties agree that the Preliminary Statement is a part of this Modification. Borrower also acknowledges and agrees that the information set forth on the Loan Schedule is complete and correct.
     2.  Definitions . As used in this Modification, the following terms are defined as follows:
     “ Business Day ” means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are required or authorized to close in Phoenix, Arizona or New York, New York.
     “ Collateral ” means all real and personal property, tangible and intangible, as to which Lender is granted a Lien pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and any other property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a Lien in favor of Lender, with references to the Collateral to include all or any portion of or interest in any of the Collateral.
     “ Default ” means any Event of Default and any event, occurrence, or circumstance that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would become an Event of Default.
     “ Event of Default ” means any event, occurrence, or circumstance that is or would constitute a default under, or a specified Event of Default pursuant to, the terms of any of the Loan Documents.

 


 

     “ Lender Party ” and “ Lender Parties ” means Lender, each affiliate of Lender, and each director, officer, employee, agent, trustee, representative, attorney, accountant, adviser, and consultant of or to Lender or any such affiliate.
     “ Obligations ” means, with respect to any Borrower Party, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description (including for the payment of money), owing by such Borrower Party to Lender, any other Lender Party or any Secured Swap Provider arising out of, under, or in connection with any Loan Document or any Related Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising, however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument.
     “ Payment Day ” means the first day of each calendar month.
     “ Rate Contract ” means swap agreements (as such term is defined in Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code) and any other agreements or arrangements designed to provide protection against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates.
     “ Secured Rate Contract ” means any Rate Contract between Borrower and the counterparty thereto which has been provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender.
     “ Secured Swap Provider ” means a Person with whom Borrower has entered into a Secured Rate Contract provided or arranged by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, and any assignee thereof.
     “ Site ” shall have the same meaning as the term “Premises” in the Loan Agreement.
     3.  Loan Balance . Borrower acknowledges as correct the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and accrued and unpaid interest, as set forth on the Loan Schedule, as of the dates there stated.
     4.  Modifications . In addition to any and all other modifications made by this Modification, the Current Loan Documents are modified and supplemented as follows:
     (a) Definitions . The following definitions contained in Section 1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as follows:
Borrower Party ” means Borrower and each other individual or entity that executes any of the Loan Documents or that is or may become a party to or bound by any Loan Document, other than Lender.
Change in Control ” means any change in control of any of the Borrower Parties, including, without limitation, any of the following: (a) if Summit GP shall cease to be the sole general partner of Borrower; (b) Summit GP shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by SHP, Inc.; (c) SHP, Inc. shall cease to own at least 70% of the general and limited partnership interests in Borrower; (d) Summit Hotel TRS, Inc. shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Borrower; (e) TRS Lessee shall cease to be wholly owned and controlled by Summit Hotel TRS, Inc.; or (f) if any Person as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act who subsequent to the REIT Effective Date becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)-(3) under the Exchange Act) of securities of SHP, Inc. or any of the other Borrower Parties, as applicable, representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of SHP, Inc.’s then outstanding securities.
Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Disbursement Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the TRS Security Agreement, the Lease Subordination Agreement, the Cross Agreement, the Management Agreement Assignment, the UCC-1 Financing Statements, the Authorization Regarding

2


 

Information form previously delivered on behalf of the Borrower Parties to Lender and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith or contemplated thereby, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between Manager and TRS Lessee, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Manager ” means Interstate Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Permitted Exceptions ” means those recorded easements, restrictions, liens and encumbrances set forth as exceptions in the title insurance policy (or endorsements thereto) issued by Title Company to Lender and approved by Lender in its sole discretion
     (b) Additional Definitions . The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1 of the Loan Agreement:
Cross Agreement ” means that certain Cross Collateralization and Cross Default Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by and among Borrower, Lender and certain Affiliates of Borrower, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Lease Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Operating Lease Subordination Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Management Agreement Assignment ” means that certain Assignment, Consent and Subordination Regarding Management Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, among Manager, TRS Lessee and Lender, as the same may be amended from time to time.
REIT Effective Date ” means the date on which both (a) Summit Hotel Properties, LLC has been merged into Summit OP and (b) SHP, Inc. has completed an initial public offering as described in the Prospectus dated January 28, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
SHP, Inc. ” means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
Summit GP ” means Summit Hotel GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Summit OP ” means Summit Hotel OP, LLP, a Delaware limited partnership.
TRS Lease ” means that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 14, 2011, between Borrower, as lessor and TRS Lessee, as lessee.
TRS Lessee ” means Summit Hotel TRS 047, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
TRS Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2011, by the TRS Lessee, as debtor in favor of Lender, as secured party, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     (c) Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Section 6J of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
     J. Debt Service Coverage Ratio . From and after the Completion Date, Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries (and eliminating any intercompany transactions) shall maintain a

3


 

Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.25:1 before distribution payouts and 1.0:1 after distribution payouts, as determined as of Borrower’s fiscal year-end. For purposes of this Section, the term “Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean with respect to the twelve month period of time immediately preceding the date of determination, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP, of (1) earnings before Interest Expense, income taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, plus or minus other non-recurring renovation/remodel expenses funded with the proceeds of a loan or other non-operating sources to (2) principal and interest payments on the aggregate first mortgage term debt.
     For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     “ Depreciation and Amortization ” shall mean the depreciation and amortization accruing during any period of determination with respect to Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Interest Expense ” shall mean for any period of determination, the sum of all interest accrued or which should be accrued in respect of all Debt of Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, collectively, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
     (d) Covenants . The following covenant is added to Section 6 of the Loan Agreement:
     R. ERISA . Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder or the exercise by Lender of any of Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA. Borrower further agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time, as requested by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, that (a) Borrower is not and does not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (b) Borrower is not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (c) one or more of the following circumstances is true: (i) equity interests in Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(b)(2); (ii) less than 25% of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(f)(2); or (iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).
     (e) Defaults and Remedies . The following Event of Default is hereby added to Section 9A of the Loan Agreement:
     (9) If there shall occur any default or event of default under the TRS Lease.
     (f) Interest Rate Modification . Effective from and after July 1, 2011 (such date, the “ New Interest Rate Effective Date ”), interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan at a per annum rate equal to the Variable Rate. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 consecutive 30-day months. Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest for the Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate for the Loan, as provided in this Modification; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as interest or in the nature of interest. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RATE OF INTEREST TO APPLY AFTER THE NEW INTEREST RATE EFFECTIVE DATE IS DIFFERENT FROM THE RATE OF INTEREST APPLICABLE TO THE LOAN PRIOR TO SUCH DATE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Current Loan Documents, the following definitions shall control:
     (i) “ Spread ” means 4.00%.

4


 

     (ii) “ Variable Rate ” means (A) for the period commencing on the New Interest Rate Effective Date and continuing through the day immediately preceding the first monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on last day of the calendar month preceding the month in which the New Interest Rate Effective Date occurs plus the Spread; and (B) thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the Variable Rate Base in effect on the last Business Day of the month preceding a particular Variable Rate Set Date plus the Spread. The Variable Rate so determined will be effective from, and including, such Variable Rate Set Date to, but not including, the next Variable Rate Set Date.
     (iii) “ Variable Rate Base ” means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the 90-day London Interbank Offered Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal . If for any reason such rate is no longer published in The Wall Street Journal , Lender shall select such replacement index as Lender in its sole discretion determines most closely approximates such rate.
     (iv) “ Variable Rate Set Date ” means the first monthly payment due date to occur after the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each succeeding monthly payment due date thereafter.
     (g) Monthly Payment Amount . Regular monthly payments (each, a “ Monthly Payment ”) will continue to be due and payable on the Payment Day during the term of the Note. For each Monthly Payment due prior to August 1, 2011, such payment shall be in the amount calculated pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. Commencing with the Monthly Payment due August 1, 2011, each Monthly Payment will equal the level monthly payment of principal and interest required to fully amortize the unpaid principal balance of the Loan outstanding on a Reference Date over the then remaining Amortization Period, at an interest rate equal to the Variable Rate calculated as of (i) the New Interest Rate Effective Date in the case of the July 1, 2011 Reference Date and (ii) the last Business Day of the second month preceding such Reference Date in the case of each subsequent Reference Date. The Monthly Payment amount so calculated will be in effect commencing with the first Payment Day following such Reference Date and for the next 11 Monthly Payments or through the Maturity Date, if the Maturity Date occurs during such period, with the Monthly Payment amount to be recalculated on each Reference Date. If a particular Monthly Payment is insufficient to pay all of the accrued and unpaid interest as of due date for such Monthly Payment, then that portion of the accrued and unpaid interest in excess of the portion actually paid shall thereupon be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Loan and shall thereafter accrue interest at the Variable Rate. On the Maturity Date, in addition to the required Monthly Payment, Borrower shall also pay the entire remaining unpaid balance of the Loan, if any, all accrued and unpaid interest, and any other amounts payable under this Modification and the other Loan Documents. “ Reference Date ” means the New Interest Rate Effective Date and each anniversary of such date. “ Amortization Period ” means the remainder of the amortization period provided pursuant to the Note as in effect prior to this Modification. BORROWER HEREBY SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT A SUBSTANTIAL PAYMENT WILL BE DUE ON THE MATURITY DATE, AS THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS DUE UNDER THIS MODIFICATION HAVE BEEN CALCULATED BASED ON AN AMORTIZATION PERIOD THAT EXCEEDS THE LOAN TERM; THEREFORE A MAJOR PORTION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOAN WILL NOT HAVE BEEN PAID THROUGH THE MONTHLY PAYMENTS.
     (h) Prepayments . From and after August 1, 2011, the provisions of the Current Loan Documents regarding prepayments of principal are hereby amended to provide as follows:
     (i) Generally . Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents: (A) prepayments must be made on a Payment Day (the “ Permitted Prepayment Date ”); (B) Borrower must give Lender at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the proposed prepayment; (C) the prepayment must be for the full outstanding principal balance of the Loan (except in the case of condemnation proceeds and awards being applied to the Obligations, in which case a partial

5


 

prepayment will be permitted); and (D) the prepayment must be accompanied by payment to Lender of: (1) interest on the prepaid principal through the Permitted Prepayment Date; (2) any and all other amounts due and payable with respect to the Loan; and (3) a Prepayment Fee in the amount described below. SINCE PREPAYMENTS ARE ONLY PERMITTED ON PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATES AND INTEREST ON THE PREPAYMENT AMOUNT MUST BE PAID THROUGH THE PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE, EVEN IF LENDER AGREES TO ACCEPT A PREPAYMENT ON A DATE OTHER THAN A PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE THERE WILL BE NO REDUCTION IN THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST REQUIRED TO BE PAID AS PROVIDED ABOVE AND, ACCORDINGLY, AS A FURTHER CONDITION TO THE PREPAYMENT AND IN ADDITION TO ALL OTHER AMOUNTS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF SUCH PREPAYMENT, BORROWER WILL PAY TO LENDER THE AMOUNT OF INTEREST THAT WOULD HAVE ACCRUED, BUT FOR THE PREPAYMENT, FROM THE DATE OF PREPAYMENT TO THE NEXT PERMITTED PREPAYMENT DATE. Any other provision of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, if prepayment occurs as a result of acceleration by Lender in exercise of Lender’s rights, then, in addition to any other amounts that Borrower may owe Lender, Borrower is also obligated to pay the Prepayment Fee.
     (ii) Prepayment Fee . The “ Prepayment Fee ” will equal to 2% of the amount prepaid, if made on or before August 1, 2012, and 1% of the amount prepaid, if made after August 1, 2012 but on or before August 1, 2013.
     (i) Additional Financial Covenant . Commencing with the TTM Period (defined below) ending July 31, 2011 and continuing until all Obligations under the Loan Documents are fully paid and performed, in addition to and not in limitation of, any financial covenants in the Current Loan Documents:
     (i) FCCR (Consolidated) . As measured for Borrower, the TRS Lessee and the Affiliates of Borrower listed on Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the “ Designated Parties ”) with respect to the operations of each of the hotel properties listed on Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Designated Properties ”) on the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal quarters (or other period) listed in the chart below in this Section  4(i)(i) (each, a “ Testing Date ”), the Designated Parties must have a Combined FCCR equal to or greater than the ratio set forth in the chart below in this Section  4(i)(i) . “ Combined FCCR ” means, with respect to the 12-month period of time (each, the “ TTM Period ”) immediately preceding each Testing Date, the ratio calculated for such period of time, each as determined in accordance with GAAP and calculated according to the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, of (i) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: net income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, management fees, replacement reserves, and Operating Lease Expenses, minus 4% of total room revenues as an assumed reserve for replacement (or actual reserve for replacement if greater) and 4% of total room revenues as an assumed management fee (or actual management fee if greater), plus or minus other non-cash adjustments or non-recurring items (as allowed by Lender), to (ii) the sum of the following for the Designated Properties: Operating Lease Expenses, principal payments of long term debt, current portion of all Capital Leases, and interest expense for the TTM Period (excluding non-cash interest expense, amortization of non-cash financing expenses, and principal and interest payments on Loans that have been paid off in full; provided that if a loan designated on Exhibit B (each, a “Designated Loan ”) has been partially paid off or refinanced, then an estimate of 12 months of principal and interest payments for the remaining unpaid portion, as determined by Lender in accordance with the applicable documents and instruments for the Designated Loan, shall be included in the computation of principal and interest payments for the purpose of determining the Combined FCCR. If a Designated Property is released by Lender as collateral (including, for example, upon payment in full of the affected Designated Loan) the income and expenses of that Designated Property (as determined by Lender) will be excluded from the determination of the Combined FCCR. The foregoing shall not obligate Lender to release any collateral or accept prepayments other than as provided in the Loan Documents and other applicable documents and instruments with respect to the Designated Loans.

6


 

         
Covenant   Trailing Twelve Months Ending   Covenant Level
Combined FCCR Covenant
  July 31, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  September 30, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  December 31, 2011   1.20:1.00
Combined FCCR Covenant
  March 31, 2012 and as of each fiscal quarter end thereafter   1.30:1.00
     (ii) Definitions . The following terms used in Section  4(i)(i) of this Modification shall have the following meanings:
Capital Lease ” means, with respect to any person or entity, any lease of, or other arrangement conveying the right to use, any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such person or entity as lessee that has been or should be accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such person or entity prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Operating Lease Expenses ” means all payments and expenses incurred by Borrower, the TRS Lessee or the applicable Designated Party with respect to each lease, if any, and with respect to any and all other operating leases during the period of determination, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
     (j) Non-Conforming Payments . Borrower acknowledges and agrees that credit to Borrower’s account may be delayed if the payment is not made as provided in the Loan Documents or if not accompanied by the correct invoice number. Lender may, at its sole option, refuse any amount tendered by Borrower that is not in the required form or in the exact amount of the required payment. Delayed credit may cause Borrower to incur a late payment fee. Credit for payments is subject to final payment by the institution on which the item of payment was drawn. UNAUTHORIZED FORMS OF PAYMENT, SUCH AS CASH, CASHIER’S CHECKS, OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS, TELLER’S CHECKS, CERTIFIED CHECKS, TRAVELERS’ CHECKS, AND MONEY ORDERS, ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF PAYMENT AND MAY BE RETURNED TO BORROWER AT BORROWER’S RISK OF LOSS .
     (k) Disputed Payments . All written communication concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that (i) indicates that the written payment constitutes “payment in full” or is tendered as full satisfaction of a disputed amount; or (ii) is tendered with other conditions or limitation must be mailed or delivered to us at the following address and not to the address shown on the invoice as the address for remitting payments, unless Lender otherwise directs:
GE Capital Franchise Finance
8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Customer Service Center
     (l) Flood Insurance . Within 45 days after written notice from Lender to Borrower that a particular Site that is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, or similar real property lien, is located in a Special Flood Hazard Area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Administration, Borrower shall provide flood insurance coverage sufficient to rebuild or replace the building, equipment and improvements in an amount equal to the maximum amount of coverage available under the National Flood Insurance Program with a deductible not to exceed $25,000.
WARNING
Unless you (Borrower) provide us (Lender) with evidence of insurance coverage as required by our Loan Agreement, we may purchase insurance at your expense to protect our interest. This insurance

7


 

may, but need not, also protect your interest. If the collateral becomes damaged, the coverage we purchase may not pay any claim you make or any claim made against you. You may later cancel this coverage by providing evidence that you obtained property coverage elsewhere. You are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us. The cost of this insurance may be added to your contract or loan balance. If the cost is added to your contract or loan balance, the interest rate on the underlying contract or loan will apply to this added amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your prior coverage lapsed or the date you failed to provide proof of coverage. The coverage we purchase may be considerably more expensive than insurance you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy any need for property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance imposed by applicable law.
     (m) Agreement to Pay Effective Rate of Interest . Borrower agrees to pay an effective rate of interest on each Loan that is the sum of (i) the interest rate provided in the Loan Documents for such Loan; and (ii) any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges or fees paid or to be paid by Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that are required, pursuant to applicable law, to be taken into account as interest or in the nature of interest.
     5.  Merger/Change in Control/Other Consents . Borrower represents and warrants that it is the successor by merger to the Pre-Merger Borrower and by virtue of such merger has assumed, agreed to pay and perform and is otherwise subject to and bound by all of the obligations and liabilities of Pre-Merger Borrower, including, without limitation, the Obligations. Without limiting the foregoing or the legal effect of such merger, Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to pay and perform all of the Obligations and to be subject to and bound by all of the liens, encumbrances, security interests, assignments and other grants of security made in connection with the Loan, all of which shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 9 and the effectiveness of this Modification, (a) Lender (i) consents to the merger of Pre-Merger Borrower with and into Borrower and (ii) acknowledges that the general partner of the Borrower will be Summit GP, which shall be wholly-owned by SHP, Inc., which shall be a publicly-traded REIT, and (b) all references to the Borrower (including terms such as “trustor”, “grantor”, and “assignor”) in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to refer to Summit OP. Lender further consents to (A) the execution and delivery of the TRS Lease ( provided that such lease shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the liens and encumbrances securing the Obligations) and (B) the execution and delivery of the Management Agreement (subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement Assignment).
     6.  Borrower Representations and Warranties . As additional consideration to and inducement for Lender to enter into this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to and covenants with Lender as follows:
     (a) Representations and Warranties . Each and all representations and warranties of Borrower in the Current Loan Documents and this Modification are and will continue to be accurate, complete and correct as of the date set forth above, will continue to be true, complete and correct as of the consummation of the modifications contemplated by this Modification, and will survive such consummation.
     (b) No Defaults . Borrower is not in default under any of the Loan Documents, nor has any event or circumstance occurred that is continuing that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default by Borrower under any of the Loan Documents.
     (c) No Material Changes . There has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or any other person whose financial statement has been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan from the most recent financial statement received by Lender from Borrower or such other persons.
     (d) No Conflicts; No Consents Required . Neither execution nor delivery of this Modification nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a Default or an Event of Default under, any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound. No consents, approvals or

8


 

authorizations are required for the execution and delivery of this Modification by Borrower or for Borrower’s compliance with its terms and provisions.
     (e) Claims and Defenses . Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, defenses, or set-offs with respect to the Loan or the Loan Documents. Lender and its predecessors in interest have performed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents, and Borrower has no defenses, offsets, counterclaims, claims or demands of any nature which can be asserted against Lender or its predecessors in interest for damages or to reduce or eliminate all or any part of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents.
     (f) Validity . This Modification and the other Loan Documents are and will continue to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and each other Borrower Party, enforceable against Borrower and each other Borrower Party in accordance with their terms.
     (g) Valid Existence, Execution and Delivery, and Due Authorization . Borrower validly exists under the laws of the State of its formation or organization and has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Modification and the other Loan Documents. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Modification and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all requisite action by or on behalf of Borrower. This Modification has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.
     (h) No Duress . Borrower has executed this Modification as a free and voluntary act, without any duress, coercion or undue influence exerted by or on behalf of Lender or any other party.
     (i) Franchise Obligations . Borrower is not in default under any franchise agreement or any related area development or similar agreement (each a “ Franchise Agreement ”) that permits Borrower to operate and/or develop a franchised concept at any one or more locations where the Collateral is located, and, without limiting the foregoing, Borrower is not in default under any Franchise Agreement or any agreement related thereto that obligates Borrower to purchase or lease additional furniture, fixtures or equipment or re-image or otherwise make material alterations or improvements to properties that are subject to a Franchise Agreement (together, “ Re-imaging Obligations ”). Borrower has sufficient working capital and cash flow to satisfy all Re-imaging Obligations that are currently due and all Re-imaging Obligations that will become due within the 12 month period following the date hereof.
     (j) Administrative, Criminal and Governmental Matters and Investigations . There are no administrative or criminal matters or investigations, government investigations or audits, or other similar matters currently pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party nor has any Borrower Party been involved in any such matters within the past seven years which has not been dismissed or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower, Borrower Parties or the Property.
     (k) Bankruptcy and Similar Matters . There are no bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding currently pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened that involve any Borrower Party. During the past seven years: (i) no assets of any Borrower Party have been the subject of any foreclosure or similar proceeding or been transferred by deed in lieu; (ii) no Borrower Party has filed (or had filed against such Borrower Party) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code; and (iii) no Person that is a principal officer, executive, member, manager or shareholder of a Borrower Party held a similar position in an entity that, during the time such Person held such position or within one year after leaving such position, filed (or had filed against it) a petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or that obtained a discharge of its debts under the United States Bankruptcy Code.
     (l) Solvency . Both before and immediately after the consummation of the transactions described in this Modification and after giving effect to such transactions, (i) the value of the assets of Borrower (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of Borrower; (ii) Borrower is able to pay all of its

9


 

liabilities as such liabilities mature; and (iii) Borrower does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     (m) Franchise Agreement and Management Agreement . Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement. Each of the Franchise Agreement and the Management Agreement is in full force and effect. No notice of default from the Franchisor with respect to the obligations of the franchisee under the Franchise Agreement or from the Manager with respect to the obligations of the property owner under the Management Agreement has been received by Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been cured and no notice of default to such Franchisor or Manager has been given under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement that has not been cured. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement. Borrower is not subject to any “performance improvement plan” or similar requirements under the Franchise Agreement or the Management Agreement or if Borrower is subject to such a performance improvement plan, the requirements thereof have been fully disclosed to Lender, including the expense, required reserves, and other requirements. Except as disclosed in writing to Lender prior to the date of this Modification, neither the Franchise Agreement nor the Management Agreement contain any rights of first refusal or other options in favor of the Franchisor or management company to acquire any property of Borrower.
     (n) Information . All information provided to Lender by either Borrower or any other Borrower Party in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Modification or in or accompanying any loan application, Financial Statement (other than financial projections), certificate, or other document, and all other information delivered by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to Lender in entering into this Modification (collectively, the “ Information ”) is correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of such Information, and there are no omissions in any of the Information that result in any of the Information being materially incomplete, incorrect, or misleading as of the date of such Information. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is relying on the Information in entering into this Modification. Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party has any knowledge of any material change in any of the Information that has not been disclosed to Lender in writing on or before the closing of the transactions described herein. All financial statements (other than financial projections) included in the Information were prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately present the financial condition of Borrower and each other Borrower Party, respectively.
     (o) Full Disclosure . There is no fact known to Borrower or any other Borrower Party that relates to the transactions described in the Consent Letter or materially and adversely affects the business, operations, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any other Borrower Party that has not been disclosed in this Modification, the Information, or in other documents, certificates and written statements furnished to Lender prior to the date of this Modification.
     (p) No Plan Assets . Neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower or any other Borrower Party constitutes or shall constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (i) neither Borrower nor any other Borrower Party is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (ii) transactions by or with Borrower or any other Borrower Party are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Modification.
     7.  Ratification of Current Loan Documents and Collateral . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, are ratified and affirmed by Borrower and shall remain in full force and effect.

10


 

Except to the extent, if any, specifically provided for in this Modification: (a) the liens of Lender on and security interests in the Collateral shall continue in full force and effect and none of the Collateral is or shall be released from such liens and security interests; and (b) this Modification shall not constitute a waiver of any rights or remedies of Lender in respect of the Loan Documents.
     8.  Fees and Costs . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification, Borrower will pay to Lender, in addition to any other amounts required to be paid to Lender pursuant to this Modification: (a) all out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender or any of its affiliates in connection with this Modification, including reasonable attorneys’ fees; (b) a processing fee of $500.00, to compensate Lender for the reasonable cost of reviewing and processing the transaction and matters contemplated by this Modification; and (c) any other outstanding and unpaid fees and costs due from Borrower.
     9.  Conditions Precedent . The obligations of Lender to consummate the transactions and other matters contemplated by this Modification and the effectiveness of this Modification are subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent listed in this Section 9 and such other conditions as are specified elsewhere in this Modification (collectively, the “ Conditions ”), in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, waives satisfaction of a particular Condition in writing. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all Conditions, as provided above, Lender will execute and deliver the Modification to Borrower, whereupon the Modification shall become effective:
     (a) Borrower Performance . Borrower and any Guarantor have duly executed and delivered this Modification and Borrower has paid all fees and other amounts and performed all obligations required under this Modification to be paid and performed contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Modification.
     (b) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Borrower and any Guarantor contained in this Modification and any other document or instrument expressly contemplated by this Modification shall be true and correct in all material respects.
     (c) Existence and Authority . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence that Borrower and any Guarantor are in good standing under the laws of their state of formation and in each state in which any collateral for the Loan is located and that the person or persons executing this Modification on behalf of Borrower and any Guarantor are duly authorized to do so.
     (d) Lien Priority . Lender shall have received such UCC search results, title reports, title insurance policies, and title insurance endorsements as Lender shall reasonably require evidencing the continuing first priority of all of Lender’s liens in the Collateral.
     (e) Insurance . Borrower shall have provided Lender with evidence satisfactory to Lender that all insurance required by the Loan Documents is in full force and effect.
     (f) Payment of Costs, Expenses, and Fees . All costs, expenses, and fees to be paid by Borrower as provided in this Modification shall have been paid in full.
     (g) No Default . No event or circumstance shall have occurred that is continuing, that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would be a Default or an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents.
     (h) Cross Agreement . Borrower shall have delivered a cross-collateralization and cross default agreement with respect to certain related agreements, as designated by Lender and described in such agreement, duly executed by Borrower and all other obligors under such related agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

11


 

     (i) Consent Letter . All of the conditions precedent set forth in the Consent Letter shall have been satisfied in full and Lender shall have received and approved all of the fully-executed documents and instruments required pursuant to the Consent Letter.
     (j) Additional Security Interest . The TRS Lessee shall have granted to Lender a first priority perfected security interest in all of its assets in a form satisfactory to Lender.
     (k) REIT . The REIT Effective Date shall have occurred or shall occur concurrently with the effectiveness of this Modification.
If all of the foregoing conditions are not satisfied by March 31, 2011, then unless otherwise agreed by Lender in its sole discretion, this Modification will not be effective or binding on Lender.
     10.  Descriptions not Limiting . The description of the Loan Documents contained in this Modification is for informational and convenience purposes only and shall not be deemed to limit, imply or modify the terms or otherwise affect the Loan Documents. The description in this Modification of the specific rights of Lender shall not be deemed to limit or exclude any other rights to which Lender may now be or may hereafter become entitled to under the Loan Documents at law, in equity or otherwise.
     11.  Release . Each of the Borrower Parties fully, finally and forever release and discharges each of the Lender Parties from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, debts, demands, liabilities, obligations and suits, of whatever kind or nature, in law or equity, that any of the Borrower Parties has or in the future may have, whether known or unknown, against any of the Lender Parties: (a) in respect of the Loan, this Modification, the other Loan Documents or the actions or omissions of Lender or any of the other Lender Parties in respect of the Loan or the Loan Documents; and arising from events occurring prior to the date of this Modification; or (b) relating to the making, validity, or enforceability of the Loan Documents, including this Modification. FURTHER, RELEASING PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY PROVISION OF STATUTORY OR DECISIONAL LAW TO THE EFFECT THAT A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN SUCH PARTY’S FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY SUCH PARTY, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED SUCH PARTY’S SETTLEMENT WITH THE RELEASED PARTIES, INCLUDING PROVISIONS SIMILAR TO SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, WHICH PROVIDES: “A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
     12.  Receivers . Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance of an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, Lender may seek and obtain the appointment of a court-appointed receiver, regardless of the adequacy of Lender’s security, and each Borrower Party irrevocably consents to the appointment of such receiver. Any action or proceeding to obtain the appointment of a receiver may be brought any state or federal court having jurisdiction over such Borrower Party or the Collateral, and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens , that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions. Each Borrower Party hereby agrees that (a) the receiver may enter upon and take possession and control of the Collateral and shall perform all acts necessary and appropriate to implement the order appointing such receiver; (b) the receiver shall have access to the books and records used in the operation and maintenance of such Borrower Party’s business or the Collateral; and (c) Lender shall not be liable to any Borrower Party, or anyone claiming under or through any Borrower Party by reason of the appointment of a receiver or receiver’s actions or failure to act.
     13.  Inspections . Borrower and each other Borrower Party shall, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times), (a) provide access to each property owned, leased, or controlled by Borrower or such other Borrower Party to the Lender Parties, as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate; (b) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, audit and make extracts and copies

12


 

(or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of Borrower’s and such Borrower Party’s Books and Records; and (c) permit the Lender Parties to inspect, review, evaluate and make physical verifications and appraisals of the Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender reasonably considers advisable, and, in each such case, Borrower and each other Borrower Party agrees to render to the Lender Parties, at Borrower’s cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
     14.  Limitation of Liability for Certain Damages . In no event shall Lender or any other Lender Party be liable to Borrower or any other Borrower Party on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). BORROWER AND EACH OTHER BORROWER PARTY HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND AGREE NOT TO SUE UPON ANY SUCH CLAIM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
     15.  Governing Law . THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ARIZONA (AS IT RELATES TO ANY LOAN AND AS LIMITED THEREIN) SHALL GOVERN ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS MODIFICATION, INCLUDING ITS VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT; PROVIDED THAT THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, MATTERS IN ANY THIS MODIFICATION OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO INTEREST RATES AND FEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH.
     16.  Jurisdiction and Service of Process .
     (a) Submission to Jurisdiction . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to any Loan Document shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Arizona located in Maricopa County or of the United States for the District of Arizona, and each Borrower Party accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts; provided, however, that nothing in this Modification or the Loan Documents shall limit or restrict the right of Lender to commence any proceeding in the federal or state courts located in the state in which any Collateral is located, to the extent Lender deems such proceeding necessary or advisable to exercise remedies available under any Loan Document. Lender and each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.
     (b) Service of Process . Each Borrower Party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and other documents and other service of process of any kind and consents to such service in any suit, action or proceeding brought in the United States of America with respect to or otherwise arising out of or in connection with any Loan Document by any means permitted by applicable law, including by the mailing thereof (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid) to the address of such Borrower Party specified on the signature page hereto and shall be effective when such mailing shall be effective, as provided therein. Each Borrower Party further agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing contained in this Section 16 shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Borrower or any other Borrower Party in any other jurisdiction.
     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . LENDER AND EACH BORROWER PARTY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS MODIFICATION, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.

13


 

     18.  Authorization to Disclose. Each Borrower Party authorizes its banks, creditors (including trade creditors), vendors, suppliers, customers, and franchisors to disclose and release to the Lender Parties any and all information they may request from time to time regarding (a) any depository, loan or other credit account of such Borrower Party; (b) the status of each franchise agreement; (c) the affairs and financial condition of such Borrower Party; and (d) such Borrower Party’s business operations. Each Borrower Party expressly authorizes the Lender Parties to perform background, credit, judgment, lien and other checks, searches, inspections and investigations and to obtain personal and business credit reports and asset reports with respect to such Borrower Party and to answer questions about their credit experience with such Borrower Party. The information obtained by the Lender Parties pursuant to this Section, together with all other information which any of the Lender Parties now possess or in the future may acquire with respect to any Borrower Party, the Collateral, or the business operations of any Borrower Party, is referred to as the “ Borrower Party Information .”
     19.  Permitted Disclosures . Each Borrower Party authorizes Lender to disclose Borrower Party Information as follows: (a) to each franchisor or licensor of a Borrower Party, upon written request by such franchisor or licensor (but only during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default); (b) to any proposed transferee, purchaser, assignee, servicer, participant, lender, investor, ratings agency, or other individual or entity with respect to any proposed sale, assignment, or other transfer by Lender of any of its rights in the Loan Documents, including servicing rights, or sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral; (c) to any affiliate of Lender or any insurance or title company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, including any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or relating to, this Modification and the other Loan Documents, the Loan, or any other transaction contemplated hereby, including in connection with the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies; (d) to the extent such information is or becomes available to Lender from sources not known by Lender to be subject to disclosure restrictions; (e) to the extent disclosure is required by applicable law or other legal process or is requested or demanded by any governmental authority; and (f) as may otherwise be authorized in writing by such Borrower Party. Each Borrower Party agrees that the disclosures permitted by this Section and any other disclosures of Borrower Party Information authorized pursuant to any of the Loan Documents may be made even though any such disclosure may involve the transmission or other communication of Borrower Party Information from the nation of residence or domicile of such Borrower Party to another country or jurisdiction, and each Borrower Party waives the provisions of any data privacy law, rule, or regulation of any applicable governmental authority that would otherwise apply to the disclosures authorized in this Section.
     20.  Miscellaneous .
     (a) Notices . All notices, demands, requests, directions and other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) required or expressly authorized to be made by the Loan Documents will be written and addressed (a) if to Borrower or any other Borrower Party, to the address set forth for Borrower or such other Borrower Party on signature page hereto or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Lender after the date hereof; and (b) if to Lender, at the address set forth for Lender on the signature page hereto or such other address as shall be notified in writing to Borrower after the date hereof. Notices may be given by hand delivery; by overnight delivery service, freight prepaid; or by U.S. mail, postage paid. Notices given as described above shall be effective and be deemed to have been received (x) upon personal delivery to a responsible individual at Lender’s business office in Scottsdale, Arizona, if the Notice is given by hand delivery; (y) one Business Day after delivery to an overnight delivery service, if the Notice is given by overnight delivery service; and (z) two Business Days following deposit in the U.S. mail, if the Notice is given by U.S. mail.
     (b) Effect of Waivers and Consents . Lender’s consent to or waiver of any matter shall not be deemed a consent to or waiver of the same or any other matter on any future occasion.
     (c) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in this Modification.
     (d) Binding Effect . This Modification shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of Lender, each Borrower Party, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.

14


 

     (e) Further Assurances . Each Borrower Party shall execute, acknowledge (as appropriate) and deliver to Lender such additional agreements, documents and instruments as reasonably required by Lender to carry out the intent of this Modification.
     (f) Document Execution; Counterparts; Electronic Transmissions . Anything in the Current Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding:
     (i) Counterparts . This Modification, as well as any other Loan Document, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Except as provided in clause (ii) below, an executed signature page of this Modification or any other Loan Document that is an Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
     (ii) When Electronic Transmissions Authorized . Lender and the Borrower Parties may (but are not required to) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate any Loan Document as an Electronic Transmission, other than the following, each of which shall require a live pen and ink original:
     (A) Any Loan Document that is to be filed or recorded in the official records of a governmental authority; and
     (B) Any other Loan Document that Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion and in its instructions to Borrower or any other Borrower Party, specifies must be a live pen and ink original, which instructions may also provide that Lender will accept signature pages as an Electronic Transmission in order to close the Loan, provided that live pen and ink signature pages are delivered to Lender within the time period specified by Lender in the instructions, with Lender being entitled, upon written notice to Borrower or such other Borrower Party, to treat such Borrower Party’s failure to deliver the required live pen and ink signature pages within the specified time period as an Event of Default for which Borrower shall have a five-day cure period.
Electronic Transmission ” means each document, instruction, authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or any system used to receive or transmit faxes electronically.
     (iii) Effectiveness of Electronic Transmissions . Subject to the provisions of clause (ii) above, Lender and the Borrower Parties agree: (A) that a Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission, including a party’s signature on such Loan Document, shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “writing,” “authentication,” or “signature” pursuant to any provision of any of the Loan Documents or applicable law; (B) each such Electronic Transmission shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as a signed paper original; and (C) not to contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission under the provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or signed; provided, however , that nothing in this subsection shall limit a party’s right to contest whether any Loan Document that is the subject of an Electronic Transmission has been altered after transmission or that the Electronic Transmission was delivered to an appropriate representative of Lender. Lender and each Borrower Party acknowledge and agree that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and assume and accept such risks.
     (g) Entire Agreement; Change; Discharge; Termination or Waiver . The Current Loan Documents, as modified by this Modification, contain the entire understanding and agreement of Borrower

15


 

and Lender in respect of the Loan and supersede all prior representations, warranties, agreements and understandings. No provision of the Loan Documents may be changed, discharged, supplemented, terminated or waived except in a writing signed by Lender and Borrower.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

16


 

Executed and effective as of the date first set forth above.
         
  LENDER:

GE CAPITAL COMMERCIAL OF UTAH LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lisa Everroad  
    Printed Name:   Lisa Everroad  
    Its: Authorized Signatory  
    Date Signed:  February 14, 2011   
 
  8377 East Hartford Drive
Suite 200
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Attention: Collateral Management

With a copy to:
GE Capital Commercial Inc.
6510 Milrock Drive, Suite 200
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 
 

17


 

         
  PRE-MERGER BORROWER :

SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, LLC, a South Dakota limited liability company
 
 
  By:   THE SUMMIT GROUP, INC., a South Dakota    
    corporation, its Company Manager   
     
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  Address for Notices:

2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng

BORROWER:

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership
 
 
  By:   SUMMIT HOTEL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited    
    liability company, its General Partner   
     
  By:   SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a    
    Maryland corporation, its Sole Member   
     
  By:   /s/ Christopher Eng    
    Name:   Christopher Eng   
    Title:   Secretary   
 
  Address for Notices:

2701 S. Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Attention: Christopher Eng
 
 
     

18


 

         
EXHIBIT A
LOAN SCHEDULE

 


 

EXHIBIT B
DESIGNATED PARTIES AND DESIGNATED LOAN/DESIGNATED PROPERTY

 


 

EXHIBIT C
CONSENT LETTER

 

Exhibit 10.8
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and KERRY W. BOEKELHEIDE (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote a substantial portion of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive Chairman of the Board of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 


 

          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus . In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
                    (i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($380,000) if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the 65 hotel properties identified in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Initial Portfolio”) is at least Fifty-two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($52,500,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31, 2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the Company will reduce the $52.5 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
                    (ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.

2


 

               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the “Exec-U-Care” supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Company’s failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executive’s family health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Three Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand (376,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.

3


 

               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury; in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of

4


 

any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 9 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the

5


 

Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from

6


 

acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or

7


 

distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of

8


 

an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management,

9


 

strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with

10


 

the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision,

11


 

then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
  To the Company:     Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
  To the Executive:     Kerry W. Boekelheide
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.

12


 

          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February, 2011.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Title: Secretary   
       
 
  KERRY W. BOEKELHEIDE
 
 
  /s/ Kerry W. Boekelheide    
     
     
 

13

Exhibit 10.9
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and DANIEL P. HANSEN (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its

 


 

Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
                    (i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan) equal to Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the 65 hotel properties identified in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Initial Portfolio”) is at least Fifty-two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($52,500,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31, 2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the Company will reduce the $52.5 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
                    (ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any

2


 

retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the “Exec-U-Care” supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Company’s failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executive’s family health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Two Hundred Thirty-five Thousand (235,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail

3


 

the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.

4


 

Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 9 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) one hundred percent (100%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed

5


 

by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the

6


 

Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has

7


 

been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

8


 

     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began

9


 

prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties

10


 

engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

11


 

               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
  To the Company:      Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
  To the Executive:      Daniel P. Hansen
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company

12


 

may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February, 2011.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Title: Secretary   
 
  DANIEL P. HANSEN
 
 
  /s/ Daniel P. Hansen    
     
     
 

13

Exhibit 10.10
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and CRAIG J. ANISZEWSKI (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH:
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its

 


 

Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as provided in this Section 5(b).
                    (i) For performance in calendar year 2011, the Executive will be entitled to receive an Annual Bonus (which may be granted in the form of an Incentive Award under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan) equal to Two Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($225,000) if the 2011 hotel-level earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the 65 hotel properties identified in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 for the Company’s initial public offering (the “Initial Portfolio”) is at least Fifty-two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($52,500,000). For purposes of this Agreement, hotel-level EBITDA will be calculated by subtracting total hotel operating expenses of the hotels comprising the Initial Portfolio from total revenues of the Initial Portfolio hotels for the year ending December 31, 2011. If the Company sells one or more of the hotels in the Initial Portfolio during 2011, the Company will reduce the $52.5 million target number in a manner that the Committee determines is equitable and appropriate to reflect the absence of the sold hotel or hotels for all, or the remaining portion, of 2011, in assessing whether the target was met. If the 2011 Annual Bonus is earned, it shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15, 2012.
                    (ii) For performance in calendar year 2012 and subsequent years during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus of up to seventy-five percent (75%) of Base Salary to the extent that individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any

2


 

retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. If during the Term the Executive loses the “Exec-U-Care” supplemental health benefits provided by The Summit Group or The Summit Group fails to maintain the Exec-U-Care health plan for any reason, including due to the Company’s failure to reimburse The Summit Group for the costs thereof, the Company, if permitted by applicable law, shall establish a medical reimbursement plan that provides the Executive and the Executive’s family health benefits that are not less (but without regard to the possible taxation of benefits) than the benefits provided under such supplemental health plan on the Effective Date. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Two Hundred Thirty-five Thousand (235,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail

3


 

the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.

4


 

Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) seventy-five percent (75%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.

5


 

The Multiple is “one and one-half (1.5)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.
          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.

6


 

               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the

7


 

amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A;

8


 

provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale or mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the

9


 

business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v)

10


 

was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if

11


 

capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata .
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
     
To the Company:
  Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
   
To the Executive:
  Craig J. Aniszewski
119 Stormy Pointe Lane
Mooresville, North Carolina 28117
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties

12


 

hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February, 2011.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Title: Secretary   
       
 
  CRAIG J. ANISZEWSKI
 
 
  /s/ Craig J. Aniszewski    
     
     
 

13

Exhibit 10.11
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and STUART J. BECKER (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its

 


 

Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus . In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee shall provide the Executive the opportunity to earn Annual Bonus payments of up to fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary to the extent that such goals are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Forty-seven Thousand (47,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher

2


 

or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by

3


 

reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the

4


 

Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one and one-half (1.5)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.

5


 

          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive, other than a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment to Sioux Falls, South Dakota. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the

6


 

reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the

7


 

Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the

8


 

Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale and mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such

9


 

securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and (C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the

10


 

Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the

11


 

geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata .
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
         
 
  To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
      Attn: Corporate Secretary
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
       
 
  To the Executive:   Stuart J. Becker
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or

12


 

obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February, 2011.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Title: Secretary   
       
 
  STUART J. BECKER
 
 
  /s/ Stuart J. Becker    
     
     
 

13

Exhibit 10.12
EXECUTION COPY
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of February 14, 2011, between SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and RYAN A. BERTUCCI (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
WITNESSETH :
           WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Vice President of Acquisitions of the Company; and
           WHEREAS , the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS . The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT . The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of the Company’s Vice President of Acquisitions to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM . The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of one (1) year commencing on February 14, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), and continuing until February 13, 2014, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES . The Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.
          5. COMPENSATION .
               (a)  Base Salary . During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($220,000), subject to any increases approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or

 


 

its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s payroll schedule. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b)  Annual Bonus . In addition to his annual Base Salary, for performance in calendar year 2011 and thereafter during the Term, the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. The individual and corporate goals established by the Committee shall provide the Executive the opportunity to earn Annual Bonus payments of up to fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary to the extent such goals are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS . The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a)  Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled each calendar year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of four (4) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b)  Employee Benefits . During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate including, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
               (c)  Equity Plan Participation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plan established during the Term and shall receive awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms, as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective as of the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock the Executive shall receive a grant of options to purchase Forty-seven Thousand (47,000) shares of the Company’s common stock under the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (which shall be governed solely by the terms of the option agreement prescribed by the Committee and the terms of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan).
          7. EXPENSES . The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher

2


 

or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals and entertainment. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. TERMINATION .
               (a)  Grounds . This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive’s employment as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.
               (b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with Section 8(c) below.
               (c)  Date of Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least one hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which the Date of Termination shall be the end of such thirty (30) day period; or (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by

3


 

reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          9. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY . This Section 9 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and under the terms of any option, restricted stock or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON . This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, shares of restricted stock and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and similar equity awards shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the greater of ( x ) the highest annual bonus paid to the

4


 

Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination or ( y ) fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one (1.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control. The Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 10 unless the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims in a form reasonably prescribed by the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the date the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. Subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence and subject to Section 13, the cash benefits payable under this Section 10 shall be paid on the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 10 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5 th ) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause.

5


 

          11. DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a)  “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, has the same meaning as such term is defined in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
               (b)  “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (c)  “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (d)  “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment hereunder for any reason other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Section 11, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (e)  Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.

6


 

          12. CODE SECTION 280G . The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 12, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 12, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 12 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 12 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.

7


 

     For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          13. CODE SECTION 409A . This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months

8


 

after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          14. TAX WITHHOLDING . All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          15. COVENANTS OF THE EXECUTIVE .
               (a)  General Covenants of the Executive . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the principal business of the Company is acquiring, owning, renovating and developing upscale and mid-scale hotels without food or beverage facilities (such business, and any and all other businesses that after the date hereof, and from time to time during the Term, become material with respect to the Company’s then-overall business, herein being collectively referred to as the “ Business ”), (ii) the Company knows of a limited number of persons who have developed the Business; (iii) the Business is, in part, national in scope; (iv) the Executive’s work for the Company and its subsidiaries has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Company and to “trade secrets,” as defined in the South Dakota Uniform Trade Secrets Act, of the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) the covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in this Section 15 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Company; and (vi) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 15.
               (b)  Covenants Against Competition . The covenant against competition herein described shall apply during the Term and for a period of one (1) year following a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (the “Restriction Period”). During the Restriction Period the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, control or participate in the ownership, management, or control of, or be employed or engaged by or otherwise affiliated or associated with, in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity, whether as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or in any other individual or representative capacity, that is similar to an engagement in an executive, senior management, strategic or professional capacity although otherwise named in any business or venture engaged in the Business and that owns at least twenty-five (25) hotels, at least one of which is located within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel acquired, owned, managed, developed or re-developed by the Company and its subsidiary, or within twenty-five (25) miles of any hotel the Company is pursuing to acquire, own, manage, develop or re-develop so long as the pursuit of such began prior to, and remained ongoing at the time of the termination of the Executive’s employment; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Executive may own or participate in the ownership of any entity which he owned or managed or participated in the ownership or management of prior to the Effective Date, which ownership, management or participation has been disclosed to the Company; and (ii) the Executive may invest in securities of any entity, solely for investment purposes and without participating in the business thereof, if (A) such securities are traded on any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or equivalent non-U.S. securities exchange, (B) the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity and

9


 

(C) the Executive does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of such entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(b) shall not apply after the Executive’s Termination without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.
               (c)  Confidentiality . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, except in connection with the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates: the Executive shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, and shall not use for his benefit or the benefit of others, all confidential matters relating to the Business and the business of any of its affiliates and to the Company and any of its affiliates, learned by the Executive heretofore or hereafter directly or indirectly from the Company of any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor of either) (the “ Confidential Company Information ”), including, without limitation, information with respect to the Business and any aspect thereof, profit or loss figures, and the Company’s or its affiliates’ (or any of their predecessors) properties, and shall not disclose such Confidential Company Information to anyone outside of the Company except with the Company’s express written consent and except for Confidential Company Information which (i) at the time of receipt or thereafter becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the Executive; (ii) is clearly obtainable in the public domain; (iii) was not acquired by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment or affiliation with the Company; (iv) was not acquired by the Executive from the Company or its representatives or from a third-party who has an agreement with the Company not to disclose such information; (v) was legally in the possession of or developed by the Executive prior to the Effective Date; or (vi) is required to be disclosed by rule of law or by order of a court or governmental body or agency.
               (d)  Nonsolicitation . During the Restriction Period, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior-written consent, directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly solicit or knowingly encourage to leave the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates, any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination or knowingly hire (on behalf of the Executive or any other person or entity) any employee employed by the Company on the Date of Termination who has left the employment or other service of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either) within one (1) year of the termination of such employee’s or independent contractor’s employment or other service with the Company and its affiliates; or (ii) whether for the Executive’s own account or for the account of any other person, firm, corporation or other business organization, intentionally interfere with the Company’s or any of its affiliates, relationship with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its affiliates, any person who during the Executive’s employment with the Company is or was a customer or client of the Company or any of its affiliates (or any predecessor of either). Notwithstanding the above, nothing shall prevent the Executive from soliciting loans, investment capital, or the provision of management services from third parties engaged in the Business if the activities of the Executive facilitated thereby do not otherwise adversely interfere with the operations of the Business.
               (e)  Company Property . During and after the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates, all memoranda, notes, lists, records, property and any other tangible product and documents (and all copies thereof) made, produced or compiled by the Executive or made available to the Executive during the Term concerning the Business of the Company and its affiliates shall be the Company’s property and shall be delivered to the Company at any time on request. Notwithstanding the above, the Executive’s contacts and

10


 

contact data base shall not be the Company’s property. Notwithstanding the above, software, methods and material developed by the Executive prior to the Term of the Agreement shall not be the Company’s property.
               (f)  Rights and Remedies upon Breach . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of this section 15 (the “Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages, would not provide an adequate remedy. Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the Covenants, the Company and its affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court having equity jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants. This right and remedy shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages). The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of the Covenants. The Company has the right to cease making the payments or benefits to the Executive in the event of a material breach of any of the Covenants that, if capable of cure and not willful, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company.
               (g)  Severability . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has had an opportunity to seek advice of counsel in connection with this Agreement; and that the Covenants are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects. If it is determined that any of the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any of the Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full affect, without regard to the invalid portions.
               (h)  Duration and Scope of Covenants . If any court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Covenants, including, without or any part thereof are unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.
               (i)  Enforceability of Restrictive Covenants; Jurisdictions . The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby consent to jurisdiction to enforce the Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants, as to breaches of such Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction’s being, for this purpose,

11


 

severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata [or, prescribe state for jurisdiction].
          16. NOTICES . All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
         
 
  To the Company:   Summit Hotel Properties, Inc.
 
      Attn: Corporate Secretary
 
      2701 South Minnesota Avenue, Suite 6
 
      Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57105
 
       
 
  To the Executive:   Ryan A. Bertucci
 
      1823 Harney Street, Suite 301
 
      Omaha, Nebraska 68102
          17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          18. ARBITRATION . Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Sioux Falls, South Dakota in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          19. APPLICABLE LAW . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Dakota.
          20. NO SETOFF . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          21. ASSIGNMENT . The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.

12


 

          22. HEADINGS . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 14th day of February, 2011.
         
  SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Christopher R. Eng    
    Title: Secretary   
       
 
  RYAN A. BERTUCCI
 
 
  /s/ Ryan A. Bertucci    
     
     
 

13

Exhibit 10.13
SUMMIT HOTEL PROPERTIES, INC.
2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Section       Page  
 
           
Article I DEFINITIONS     1  
 
           
1.01.
  Affiliate     1  
1.02.
  Agreement     1  
1.03.
  Award     1  
1.04.
  Board     1  
1.05.
  Change in Control     1  
1.06.
  Code     2  
1.07.
  Committee     2  
1.08.
  Common Stock     3  
1.09.
  Company     3  
1.10.
  Control Change Date     3  
1.11.
  Corresponding SAR     3  
1.12.
  Dividend Equivalent Right     3  
1.13.
  Exchange Act     4  
1.14.
  Fair Market Value     4  
1.15.
  Incentive Award     4  
1.16.
  Initial Value     4  
1.17.
  LTIP Unit     4  
1.18.
  Operating Partnership     4  
1.19.
  Option     5  
1.20.
  Other Equity-Based Award     5  
1.21.
  Participant     5  
1.22.
  Performance Units     5  
1.23.
  Plan     5  
1.24.
  REIT     5  
1.25.
  SAR     5  
1.26.
  Stock Award     6  
1.27.
  Ten Percent Shareholder     6  
 
           
Article II PURPOSES     6  
 
           
Article III ADMINISTRATION     6  
 
           
Article IV ELIGIBILITY     7  
 
           
Article V COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN     7  
 
           
5.01.
  Common Stock Issued     7  
5.02.
  Aggregate Limit     8  
5.03.
  Reallocation of Shares     8  
 
           
Article VI OPTIONS     9  
 
           
6.01.
  Award     9  
6.02.
  Option Price     9  

-i- 


 

             
Section       Page  
 
           
6.03.
  Maximum Option Period     9  
6.04.
  Nontransferability     9  
6.05.
  Transferable Options     10  
6.06.
  Employee Status     10  
6.07.
  Exercise     10  
6.08.
  Payment     10  
6.09.
  Shareholder Rights     11  
6.10.
  Disposition of Shares     11  
 
           
Article VII SARS     11  
 
           
7.01.
  Award     11  
7.02.
  Maximum SAR Period     11  
7.03.
  Nontransferability     11  
7.04.
  Transferable SARs     12  
7.05.
  Exercise     12  
7.06.
  Employee Status     12  
7.07.
  Settlement     13  
7.08.
  Shareholder Rights     13  
 
           
Article VIII STOCK AWARDS     13  
 
           
8.01.
  Award     13  
8.02.
  Vesting     13  
8.03.
  Employee Status     13  
8.04.
  Shareholder Rights     13  
 
           
Article IX PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS     14  
 
           
9.01.
  Award     14  
9.02.
  Earning the Award     14  
9.03.
  Payment     14  
9.04.
  Shareholder Rights     14  
9.05.
  Nontransferability     15  
9.06.
  Transferable Performance Units     15  
9.07.
  Employee Status     15  
 
           
Article X OTHER EQUITY—BASED AWARDS     15  
 
           
10.01.
  Award     15  
10.02.
  Terms and Conditions     16  
10.03.
  Payment or Settlement     16  
10.04.
  Employee Status     16  
10.05.
  Shareholder Rights     16  
 
           
Article XI INCENTIVE AWARDS     16  
 
           
11.01.
  Award     16  
11.02.
  Terms and Conditions     17  
11.03.
  Nontransferability     17  
11.04.
  Employee Status     17  
11.05.
  Settlement     17  

-ii- 


 

             
Section       Page  
 
           
11.06.
  Shareholder Rights     18  
 
           
Article XII ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK     18  
 
           
Article XIII COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES     19  
 
           
Article XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS     19  
 
           
14.01.
  Effect on Employment and Service     19  
14.02.
  Unfunded Plan     19  
14.03.
  Rules of Construction     19  
14.04.
  Withholding Taxes     20  
14.05.
  REIT Status     20  
 
           
Article XV CHANGE IN CONTROL     20  
 
           
15.01.
  Impact of Change in Control     20  
15.02.
  Assumption Upon Change in Control     21  
15.03.
  Cash-Out Upon Change in Control     21  
15.04.
  Limitation of Benefits     21  
 
           
Article XVI AMENDMENT     23  
 
           
Article XVII DURATION OF PLAN     23  
 
           
Article XVIII EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN     24  

-iii- 


 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01. Affiliate
     Affiliate means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term “control” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares or interests in the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.
1.02. Agreement
     Agreement means a written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between the Company and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of an Award granted to such Participant.
1.03. Award
     Award means any Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit award, Other Equity-Based Award or Incentive Award.
1.04. Board
     Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.05. Change in Control
     “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have occurred after the date hereof if:
(1)   any “person” as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s common stock, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of outstanding Company securities;

-1-


 

(2)   during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (A) a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this Section 1.05 or (B) a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
 
(3)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Company voting securities immediately before the merger or consolidation continue to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company or the surviving entity in the merger or consolidation or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
 
(4)   there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and common stock of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
If a change in control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, no payment will be made under that award on account of a Change in Control unless the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above, as applicable, constitutes a “change in control event” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
1.06. Code
     Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto.
1.07. Committee
     Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more non-employee members of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for

-2-


 

purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code (if awards under the Plan are subject to the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code) and an “independent director” under the rules of any exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed, traded or quoted; provided , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not the members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the foregoing requirements or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. If there is no Compensation Committee, then “Committee” means the Board; and provided, further that with respect to awards made to a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, “Committee” means the Board.
1.08. Common Stock
     Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
1.09. Company
     Company means Summit Hotel Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
1.10. Control Change Date
     Control Change Date means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. If a Change in Control occurs on account of a series of transactions, the “Control Change Date” is the date of the last of such transactions.
1.11. Corresponding SAR
     Corresponding SAR means an SAR that is granted in relation to a particular Option and that can be exercised only upon the surrender to the Company, unexercised, of that portion of the Option to which the SAR relates.
1.12. Dividend Equivalent Right
     Dividend Equivalent Right means the right, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, of a Participant to receive (or have credited) cash, shares or other property in amounts equivalent to the cash, shares or other property dividends declared on shares of Common Stock with respect to specified Performance Units or units denominated in shares of Common Stock or other Company securities subject to an Other Equity-Based Award, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that such Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award is vested or earned and also may provide that Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock or otherwise reinvested.

-3-


 

1.13. Exchange Act
     Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
1.14. Fair Market Value
     Fair Market Value means, on any given date, the reported “closing” price of a share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for such date or, if there is no closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which a quotation exists. If, on any given date, the Common Stock is not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, then Fair Market Value shall be the “closing” price of a share of Common Stock on such other exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading for such date (or, if there is no closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date in question, the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists) or, if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange, the amount determined by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith and in accordance with the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
1.15. Incentive Award
     Incentive Award means an award awarded under Article XI which, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, entitles the Participant to receive a payment from the Company or an Affiliate.
1.16. Initial Value
     Initial Value means, with respect to a Corresponding SAR, the option price per share of the related Option and, with respect to an SAR granted independently of an Option, the price per share of Common Stock as determined by the Committee on the date of grant; provided, however, that the price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Except as provided in Article XII, the Initial Value of an outstanding SAR may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
1.17. LTIP Unit
     LTIP Unit means an “LTIP Unit” as defined in the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement. An LTIP Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits, payments or other rights in respect of an LTIP Unit set forth in that partnership agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Agreement and that partnership agreement.
1.18. Operating Partnership
     Operating Partnership means Summit Hotel OP, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

-4-


 

1.19. Option
     Option means a share option that entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a stated number of Common Stock at the price set forth in an Agreement.
1.20. Other Equity-Based Award
     Other Equity-Based Award means any award other than an Option, SAR, a Performance Unit award or a Stock Award which, subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee, entitles a Participant to receive Common Stock or rights or units valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock (including securities convertible into Common Stock) or other equity interests including LTIP Units.
1.21. Participant
     Participant means an employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, a member of the Board, or an individual who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), and who satisfies the requirements of Article IV and is selected by the Committee to receive an Award.
1.22. Performance Units
     Performance Units means an award, in the amount determined by the Committee, stated with reference to a specified number of shares of Common Stock, that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive a payment for each specified unit equal to the value of the Performance Unit on the date of payment.
1.23. Plan
     Plan means this Summit Hotel Properties Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.
1.24. REIT
     REIT means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
1.25. SAR
     SAR means a share appreciation right that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each share of Common Stock encompassed by the exercise of the SAR, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise over the Initial Value. References to “SARs” include both Corresponding SARs and SARs granted independently of Options, unless the context requires otherwise.

-5-


 

1.26. Stock Award
     Stock Award means Common Stock awarded to a Participant under Article VIII.
1.27. Ten Percent Shareholder
     Ten Percent Shareholder means any individual owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company. An individual shall be considered to own any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants and shall be considered to own proportionately any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust of which such individual is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSES
     The Plan is intended to assist the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining employees, directors and other service providers with ability and initiative by enabling such persons or entities to participate in the future success of the Company and its Affiliates and to associate their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders. The Plan is intended to permit the grant of both Options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code (“incentive stock options”) and Options not so qualifying, and the grant of SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Other Equity-Based Awards and Incentive Awards in accordance with the Plan and any procedures that may be established by the Committee. No Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option shall be invalid for failure to qualify as an incentive stock option (and shall be considered a nonstatutory option in the event, and to the extent, of such failure). The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to grant SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Options, Other Equity-Based Awards and Incentive Awards upon such terms (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan), as the Committee may consider appropriate. Such terms may include, but are not limited to, conditions (in addition to those contained in this Plan), on the exercisability of all or any part of an Option or SAR or on the transferability or forfeitability of an Award. Notwithstanding any such conditions, the Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the time at which any Option or SAR may be exercised, or the time at which a Stock Award or Other Equity-Based Award may become transferable or nonforfeitable or the time at which an Other Equity-Based Award, an award of Performance Units or an Incentive Award may be settled. In addition, the Committee

-6-


 

shall have complete authority to interpret all provisions of this Plan; to prescribe the form of Agreements; to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to the administration of the Plan (including rules and regulations that require or allow Participants to defer the payment of benefits under the Plan); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the individuals to receive awards under the Plan, the form, amount and timing of such awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among individuals who receive, or are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final and conclusive. The members of the Committee shall not be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Agreement, Option, SAR, Stock Award, Other Equity-Based Award, Incentive Award or award of Performance Units. All expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY
     Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including a trade or business that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan) and any member of the Board is eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, any other individual who provides significant services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), is eligible to participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the participation of such individual is in the best interest of the Company.
ARTICLE V
COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.01. Common Stock Issued
     Upon the award of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award, an Other Equity-Based Award or in settlement of an Incentive Award or an award of Performance Units, the Company may deliver to the Participant shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Stock. Upon the exercise of any Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award denominated in Common Stock, the Company may deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s broker if the Participant so directs), shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Stock.

-7-


 

5.02. Aggregate Limit
     (a) The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to the exercise of Options and SARs, the grant of Stock Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards and the settlement of Incentive Awards and Performance Units is equal to the lesser of (i) 2,344,045 shares or (ii) eight and one-half percent (8.5%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Company’s initial public offering (including the number of shares sold on account of the underwriter’s exercise of their over-allotment option) plus the number of shares sold in the concurrent private placement. Other Equity-Based Awards that are LTIP Units shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan on a one-for-one basis, i.e. , each such unit shall be treated as an award of Common Stock.
     (b) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan in accordance with Section 5.02(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XII.
     (c) All of the shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan may be issued in the form of incentive stock options or Corresponding SARs that are related to incentive stock options.
5.03. Reallocation of Shares
     If any award or grant under the Plan (including LTIP Units) expires, is forfeited or is terminated without having been exercised or is paid in cash without delivery of Common Stock, then any shares of Common Stock covered by such lapsed, cancelled, expired, unexercised or cash-settled portion of such award or grant and any forfeited, lapsed, cancelled or expired LTIP Units shall be available for the grant of other Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Other Equity-Based Awards and settlement of Performance Units and Incentive Awards under this Plan. Any shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award shall not increase the number of shares available for future grants or awards. If shares of Common Stock are issued in settlement of an SAR, the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of shares of Common Stock for which the SAR was exercised rather than the number of shares of Common Stock issued in settlement of the SAR. To the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed for trading, shares of Common Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Affiliate shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

-8-


 

ARTICLE VI
OPTIONS
6.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Option is to be granted and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards.
6.02. Option Price
     The price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of any Option that is an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date such option is granted, shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Except as provided in Article XII, the price per share of an outstanding Option may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
6.03. Maximum Option Period
     The maximum period in which an Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant except that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option was granted. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any Option may provide that it is exercisable for a period less than such maximum period.
6.04. Nontransferability
     Except as provided in Section 6.05, each Option granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 6.05, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the Option is granted, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

-9-


 

6.05. Transferable Options
     Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an Option transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Option during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
6.06. Employee Status
     For purposes of determining the applicability of Section 422 of the Code (relating to incentive stock options), or in the event that the terms of any Option provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
6.07. Exercise
     Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an Option may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that incentive stock options (granted under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) may not be first exercisable in a calendar year for shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an Option is granted) exceeding $100,000. An Option granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option could be exercised. A partial exercise of an Option shall not affect the right to exercise the Option from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the Option. The exercise of an Option shall result in the termination of any Corresponding SAR to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.
6.08. Payment
     Subject to rules established by the Committee and unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, payment of all or part of the Option price may be made in cash, certified check, by tendering shares of Common Stock (or by attestation of ownership of Common Stock), by a

-10-


 

broker-assisted cashless exercise or in such other form or manner acceptable to the Committee. If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the Option price, the sum of the cash and cash equivalent and the date of exercise Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered must not be less than the Option price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.
6.09. Shareholder Rights
     No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to an Option until the date of exercise of such Option.
6.10. Disposition of Shares
     A Participant shall notify the Company of any sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that was an incentive stock option if such sale or disposition occurs (i) within two years of the grant of an Option or (ii) within one year of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock to the Participant. Such notice shall be in writing and directed to the Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE VII
SARS
7.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom SARs are to be granted and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards. No Participant may be granted Corresponding SARs (under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) that are related to incentive stock options which are first exercisable in any calendar year for shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the related Option is granted) that exceeds $100,000.
7.02. Maximum SAR Period
     The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, except that no SAR shall have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Corresponding SAR shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any SAR may provide that it has a term that is less than such maximum period.
7.03. Nontransferability
     Except as provided in Section 7.04, each SAR granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any

-11-


 

such transfer, a Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 7.04, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the SAR is granted, the SAR may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any SAR shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
7.04. Transferable SARs
     Section 7.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an SAR, other than a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option, may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an SAR transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the SAR during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the SAR except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of a Corresponding SAR (by the Participant or his transferee), the Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or person or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an SAR be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
7.05. Exercise
     Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an SAR may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option may be exercised only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and only when the Fair Market Value exceeds the option price of the related Option. An SAR granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the SAR could be exercised. A partial exercise of an SAR shall not affect the right to exercise the SAR from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the SAR. The exercise of a Corresponding SAR shall result in the termination of the related Option to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
7.06. Employee Status
     If the terms of any SAR provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

-12-


 

7.07. Settlement
     At the Committee’s discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an SAR may be settled in cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Common Stock. No fractional share will be deliverable upon the exercise of an SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.
7.08. Shareholder Rights
     No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an SAR, have any rights as a shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate until the date that the SAR is exercised and then only to the extent that the SAR is settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE VIII
STOCK AWARDS
8.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom a Stock Award is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards.
8.02. Vesting
     The Committee, on the date of the award, may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Stock Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such conditions as may be set forth in the Agreement. By way of example and not of limitation, the Committee may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Stock Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted subject to the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the Company’s, an Affiliate’s or a business unit’s attainment of objectives stated with respect to performance criteria established by the Committee.
8.03. Employee Status
     In the event that the terms of any Stock Award provide that shares may become transferable and nonforfeitable thereunder only after completion of a specified period of employment or continuous service, the Committee may decide in each case to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
8.04. Shareholder Rights
     Unless otherwise specified in accordance with the applicable Agreement, while the shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable,

-13-


 

a Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to a Stock Award, including the right to receive dividends and vote the shares; provided, however, that during such period (i) a Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of the certificates evidencing shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, and (iii) the Participant will deliver to the Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to each Stock Award. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply after the shares granted under the Stock Award are transferable and are no longer forfeitable.
ARTICLE IX
PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
9.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an award of Performance Units is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Performance Units.
9.02. Earning the Award
     The Committee, on the date of the grant of an award, shall prescribe that the Performance Units will be earned, and the Participant will be entitled to receive payment pursuant to the award of Performance Units, only upon the satisfaction of performance objectives and such other criteria as may be prescribed by the Committee.
9.03. Payment
     In the discretion of the Committee, the amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned may be settled in cash, by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof. A fractional share of Common Stock shall not be deliverable when an award of Performance Units is earned, but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof. The amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned shall be paid in a lump sum.
9.04. Shareholder Rights
     A Participant, as a result of receiving an award of Performance Units, shall not have any rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the award of Performance Units is earned and settled in Common Stock. After an award of Performance Units is earned and settled in shares of Common Stock, a Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder as described in Section 8.05.

-14-


 

9.05. Nontransferability
     Except as provided in Section 9.06, Performance Units granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in any Performance Units shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
9.06. Transferable Performance Units
     Section 9.05 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an award of Performance Units may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of Performance Units transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Performance Units during the period that they were held by the Participant; provided, however that such transferee may not transfer Performance Units except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Performance Unit be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
9.07. Employee Status
     In the event that the terms of any Performance Unit award provide that no payment will be made unless the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for government or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
ARTICLE X
OTHER EQUITY—BASED AWARDS
10.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Other Equity-Based Award is to be made and will specify the number of shares of Common Stock or other equity interests (including LTIP Units) covered by such awards; provided, however, that the grant of LTIP Units must satisfy the requirements of the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership as in effect on the date of grant. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Other Equity-Based Award.

-15-


 

10.02. Terms and Conditions
     The Committee, at the time an Other Equity-Based Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions which govern the award. The terms and conditions of an Other Equity-Based Award may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in the Other Equity-Based Award shall be forfeitable, nontransferable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such other conditions as may be determined by the Committee, in its discretion and set forth in the Agreement. Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted to Participants, either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan, and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan.
10.03. Payment or Settlement
     Other Equity-Based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock, shall be payable or settled in Common Stock, cash or a combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that any shares of Common Stock that are issued on account of the conversion of LTIP Units into Common Stock shall not be issued under the Plan. Other Equity-Based Awards denominated as equity interests other than shares of Common Stock may be paid or settled in shares or units of such equity interests or cash or a combination of both as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
10.04. Employee Status
     If the terms of any Other Equity-Based Award provides that it may be earned or exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
10.05. Shareholder Rights
     A Participant, as a result of receiving an Other Equity-Based Award, shall not have any rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the Other Equity-Based Award is earned and settled in shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE XI
INCENTIVE AWARDS
11.01. Award
     In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Incentive Award is to be made.

-16-


 

11.02. Terms and Conditions
     The Committee, at the time an Incentive Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions that govern the award. Such terms and conditions may prescribe that the Incentive Award shall be earned only to the extent that the Participant, the Company or an Affiliate, during a performance period of at least one year, achieves objectives stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the Committee. A goal or objective may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a published index. When establishing goals and objectives, the Committee may exclude any or all special, unusual, or extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company, discontinued operations, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of accounting changes. The Committee may also adjust the performance goals for any Incentive Award as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other factors as the Committee may determine. Such terms and conditions also may include other limitations on the payment of Incentive Awards including, by way of example and not of limitation, requirements that the Participant complete a specified period of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate or that the Company, an Affiliate, or the Participant attain stated objectives or goals (in addition to those prescribed in accordance with the preceding sentence) as a prerequisite to payment under an Incentive Award.
11.03. Nontransferability
     Incentive Awards granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in an Incentive Award shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
11.04. Employee Status
     If the terms of an Incentive Award provide that a payment will be made thereunder only if the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
11.05. Settlement
     An Incentive Award that is earned shall be settled with a single lump sum payment which may be in cash, Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.

-17-


 

11.06. Shareholder Rights
     No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an Incentive Award, have any rights as a shareholder of the Company or an Affiliate until the date that the Incentive Award is settled and then only to the extent that the Incentive Award is settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock.
ARTICLE XII
ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
     The maximum number of shares of Common Stock as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted and the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards shall be adjusted as the Board determines is equitably required in the event that (i) the Company (a) effects one or more nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and its shareholders such as a stock dividend, extra-ordinary cash dividend, stock split-up, subdivision or consolidation of shares that affects the number or kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the Fair Market Value (or the value of other Company securities) and causes a change in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to outstanding awards or (b) engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies or (ii) there occurs any other event which, in the judgment of the Board necessitates such action. Any determination made under this Article XII by the Board shall be nondiscretionary, final and conclusive.
     The issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the maximum number of shares as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted or the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Shares or Other Equity-Based Awards.
     The Committee may make Stock Awards and may grant Options, SARs, Performance Units, Incentive Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards in substitution for performance shares, phantom shares, stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction described in the first paragraph of this Article XII. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the terms of such substituted Stock Awards, SARs, Other Equity-Based Awards, Options, Incentive Awards or Performance Units shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

-18-


 

ARTICLE XIII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
     No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued, no certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), any listing agreement to which the Company is a party, and the rules of all domestic stock exchanges on which the Company’s shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence shares of Common Stock when a Stock Award is granted, a Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award is settled or for which an Option or SAR is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Stock Award or Performance Unit shall be granted, no shares of Common Stock shall be issued, no certificate for shares of Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
14.01. Effect on Employment and Service
     Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof), shall confer upon any individual or entity any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any individual or entity at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.
14.02. Unfunded Plan
     This Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to this Plan. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.
14.03. Rules of Construction
     Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

-19-


 

14.04. Withholding Taxes
     Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying any income and employment tax withholding obligations attributable to participation in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement, any such withholding tax obligations may be satisfied in cash (including from any cash payable in settlement of an award of Performance Units, SARs, Incentive Awards or Other Equity-Based Award) or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee. Except to the extent prohibited by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j), any minimum statutory federal, state, district or city withholding tax obligations also may be satisfied (a) by surrendering to the Company shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the Participant; (b) by authorizing the Company to withhold or reduce the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, the settlement of a Performance Unit award, Incentive Award or an Other Equity-Based Award (if applicable) or the grant or vesting of a Stock Award; or (c) by any other method as may be approved by the Committee. If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of such withholding tax obligation, the Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered, withheld or reduced shall be determined as of the day the tax liability arises and the number of shares of Common Stock which may be withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the day preceding the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
14.05. REIT Status
     The Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Company’s status as a REIT. No award shall be granted or awarded, and with respect to any award granted under the Plan, such award shall not vest, be exercisable or be settled (i) to the extent that the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement could cause the Participant or any other person to be in violation of the common stock ownership limit or aggregate stock ownership limit prescribed by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Charter, as amended from time to time) or (ii) if, in the discretion of the Committee, the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of the award could impair the Company’s status as a REIT.
ARTICLE XV
CHANGE IN CONTROL
15.01. Impact of Change in Control.
     Upon a Change in Control, the Committee is authorized to cause (i) outstanding Options and SARs to become fully exercisable, (ii) outstanding Stock Awards to become transferable and nonforfeitable and (iii) outstanding Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards to become earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety.

-20-


 

15.02. Assumption Upon Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need for a Participant’s consent, may provide that an outstanding Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award shall be assumed by, or a substitute award granted by, the surviving entity in the Change in Control. Such assumed or substituted award shall be of the same type of award as the original Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award being assumed or substituted. The assumed or substituted award shall have a value, as of the Control Change Date, that is substantially equal to the value of the original Award (or the difference between the Fair Market Value and the option price or Initial Value in the case of Options and SARs) as the Committee determines is equitably required and such other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee.
15.03. Cash-Out Upon Change in Control.
     In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need of a Participant’s consent, may provide that each Option, SAR, Stock Award, Performance Unit, Incentive Award and Other Equity-Based Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment. The payment may be in cash, shares of Common Stock or other securities or consideration received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction or, in the case of an Incentive Award, the entire amount that can be paid under the Award (and, if the amount payable in settlement of an Incentive Award is based on the value of Common Stock, that value shall be the price per share received by shareholders for each share of Common Stock in the Change in Control transaction). Except as provided in the preceding sentence with respect to Incentive Awards, the amount of the payment shall be an amount that is substantially equal to (i) the amount by which the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control exceeds the option price or Initial Value in the case of an Option and SAR, or (ii) the price per share received by shareholders for each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award or (iii) the value of the other securities or property in which the Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based award is denominated. If the option price or Initial Value exceeds the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction, the Option or SAR may be cancelled under this Section 15.03 without any payment to the Participant.
15.04. Limitation of Benefits
     The benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive under this Plan and other benefits that a Participant is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Plan, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments (as hereinafter defined), that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 15.04, the Parachute Payments will be reduced pursuant to this Section 15.04 if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow a Participant to receive

-21-


 

a greater Net After Tax Amount (as hereinafter defined), than a Participant would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm (as hereinafter defined), will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to a Participant. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Participant’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Participant without subjecting the Participant to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Participant will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Participant with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Participant will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) in a manner that results in the best economic benefit to the Participant (or, to the extent economically equivalent, in a pro rata manner). The Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Participant and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 15.04, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Participant that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 15.04 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Participant under this Section 15.04 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Participant, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Participant must repay such amount to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Participant to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Participant is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Participant promptly by the Company.

-22-


 

     For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Control Change Date. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Participant on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 15.04, the limitations and provisions of this Section 15.04 shall not apply to any Participant who, pursuant to an agreement with the Company or the terms of another plan maintained by the Company, is entitled to indemnification for any liability that the Participant may incur under Code Section 4999. In addition, nothing in this Section 15.04 shall limit or otherwise supersede the provisions of any other agreement or plan which provides that a Participant cannot receive Payments in excess of the Capped Payments.
ARTICLE XVI
AMENDMENT
     The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of Participants with respect to outstanding awards. In addition, an amendment will be contingent on approval of the Company’s shareholders if such approval is required by law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or if the amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, materially increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan (other than an adjustment pursuant to Article XII) or materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.
ARTICLE XVII
DURATION OF PLAN
     No Stock Award, Performance Unit award, Option, SAR, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award may be granted under this Plan after February 2, 2021. Stock Awards, Performance Unit awards, Options, SARs, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards granted before such date shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.

-23-


 

ARTICLE XVIII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
     Options, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board, provided that no award shall be exercisable, vested or settled unless, within twelve months after the Board’s adoption of the Plan, the Plan is approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock entitled to vote and present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at a duly held shareholders’ meeting at which a quorum is present or by unanimous consent of the shareholders.

-24-

EXHIBIT 99.1
SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
 
                                                 
                                  Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
          Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Contribution (C)     Adjustments (D)     OP, LP  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,247             $ 11,247     $ 240,047     $ (235,256 ) (1)(2)(6)   $ 16,038  
Restricted cash
    2,556     $ 939       3,495                       3,495  
Trade receivables
    4,773               4,773                       4,773  
Prepaid expenses and other
    3,530               3,530                       3,530  
Property and equipment, net
    454,983               454,983                       454,983  
Deferred charges and other assets, net
    4,671               4,671               (385 ) (3)     4,286  
Land held for sale
    23,242               23,242                       23,242  
Other assets
    4,028               4,028                       4,028  
Restricted cash
    939       (939 )                            
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 509,969             $ 509,969                     $ 514,375  
                                                 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’/PARTNERS’ EQUITY
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 146,379     $ (146,379 )   $                     $  
Lines of credit
    19,993       (19,993 )                            
Accounts payable
    1,291               1,291                       1,291  
Related party accounts payable
    437               437                       437  
Accrued expenses
    12,204               12,204                       12,204  
Mortgages and notes payable
    255,826       166,372       422,198             $ (223,773 ) (1)     198,425  
                                                 
Total liabilities
    436,130               436,130                       212,357  
Members’/Partners’ Equity:
                                               
Members’ equity
    75,463               75,463               (75,463 ) (2)(4)      
Partners’ equity
                      $ 240,047       (3,585 ) (3)(5)(6)     302,018  
                            65,556 (2)(4)      
Noncontrolling interest
    (1,624 )             (1,624 )             1,624 (4)      
                                                 
Total members’/partners’ equity
    73,839               73,839                       302,018  
                                                 
Total liabilities and members’/partners’ equity
  $ 509,969             $ 509,969                     $ 514,375  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


1


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
    Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Adjustments     OP, LP  
    (In thousands, except per-share data)  
 
REVENUE
                                       
Room revenues
  $ 102,874             $ 102,874             $ 102,874  
Other hotel operations revenues
    1,939               1,939               1,939  
                                         
Total revenues
    104,813               104,813               104,813  
EXPENSES
                                       
Hotel operating expenses:
                                       
Direct hotel operations
    35,351     $ (35,351 ) (1)                    
Other hotel operating expenses
    14,056       (14,056 ) (2)                    
General, selling and administrative
    18,810       (18,810 ) (3)                    
Repairs and maintenance
    3,396       (3,396 ) (4)                    
Rooms
          30,677 (1)     30,677               30,677  
Other direct
          13,068 (2)(3)(4)     13,068               13,068  
Other indirect
          27,278 (1)(2)(3)(5)     27,278     $ 1,114 (C)     28,392  
Other
          460 (3)     460               460  
                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    71,613               71,483               72,597  
Depreciation and amortization
    20,328               20,328       (234 ) (D)     20,094  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                       
Salaries and other compensation
                        2,093 (E)     2,093  
Other
                            1,380 (E)     1,380  
Equity-based compensation
                        562 (F)     562  
Hotel property acquisition costs
          130 (5)     130               130  
Loss on impairment of assets
                                 
                                         
Total expenses
    91,941               91,941               96,856  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    12,872               12,872               7,957  
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    36               36               36  
Interest expense
    (19,520 )             (19,520 )     11,750 (G)     (7,770 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (40 )             (40 )             (40 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (19,524 )             (19,524 )             (7,774 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (6,652 )             (6,652 )             183  
                                         
Net loss before income taxes
    (6,652 )             (6,652 )             183  
Income tax expense
    (273 )             (273 )     (497 ) (H)     (770 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (6,925 )           $ (6,925 )           $ (587 )
                                         
Pro forma earnings (loss) per unit:
                                       
Basic
                                  $ (0.02 )
Diluted
                                  $ (0.02 )
Pro forma weighted-average number of units:
                                       
Basic
                                    37,378,000  
Diluted
                                    37,378,000  
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


2


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Summit Hotel
    Reclassification
    Reclassified
    Pro Forma
    Summit Hotel
 
    Properties, LLC (A)     Adjustments (B)     Subtotal     Adjustments     OP, LP  
    (In thousands, except per-share data)  
 
REVENUE
                                       
Room revenues
  $ 118,960             $ 118,960             $ 118,960  
Other hotel operations revenues
    2,240               2,240               2,240  
                                         
Total revenues
    121,200               121,200               121,200  
EXPENSES
                                       
Hotel operating expenses:
                                       
Direct hotel operations
    42,071     $ (42,071 ) (1)                    
Other hotel operating expenses
    16,987       (16,987 ) (2)                    
General, selling and administrative
    24,017       (24,017 ) (3)                    
Repairs and maintenance
    6,152       (6,152 ) (4)                    
Rooms
          36,720 (1)     36,720               36,720  
Other direct
          18,048 (2)(3)(4)     18,048               18,048  
Other indirect
          32,389 (1)(2)(3)(5)     32,389     $ 1,151 (C)     33,540  
Other
          681 (3)     681               681  
                                         
Total hotel operating expenses
    89,227               87,838               88,989  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,971               23,971       (883 ) (D)     23,088  
Corporate general and administrative:
                                       
Salaries and other compensation
                        2,805 (E)     2,805  
Other
                        1,840 (E)     1,840  
Equity-based compensation
                        737 (F)     737  
Hotel property acquisition costs
          1,389 (5)     1,389               1,389  
Loss on impairment of assets
    7,506               7,506               7,506  
                                         
Total expenses
    120,704               120,704               126,354  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    496               496               (5,154 )
                                         
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    50               50               50  
Interest expense
    (18,321 )             (18,321 )     9,269 (G)     (9,052 )
Loss on disposal of assets
    (4 )             (4 )             (4 )
                                         
Total other expense
    (18,275 )             (18,275 )             (9,006 )
                                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (17,779 )             (17,779 )             (14,160 )
Income from discontinued operations
    1,465               1,465       (1,465 ) (H)      
                                         
Net loss before income taxes
    (16,314 )             (16,314 )             (14,160 )
Income tax expense
                        (840 ) (I)     (840 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (16,314 )           $ (16,314 )           $ (15,000 )
                                         
Pro forma earnings (loss) per unit:
                                       
Basic
                                  $ (0.40 )
Diluted
                                  $ (0.40 )
Pro forma weighted-average number of units:
                                       
Basic
                                    37,378,000  
Diluted
                                    37,378,000  
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.


3


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER-SHARE AND OP UNIT DATA)
 
1.   Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented to reflect:
 
(i) the contribution of the net proceeds of the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of Summit Hotel Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) and a concurrent private placement in an amount of approximately $240,047, after the payment of the underwriting discount and after the payment of costs and expenses relating to the IPO, the concurrent private placement and the transactions described in (ii) and (iii) below (the “formation transactions”) of approximately $7,260, to Summit Hotel OP, LP (the “Operating Partnership”) in exchange for units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“OP units”) that represent an approximate 73.0% partnership interest in the Operating Partnership, including the sole general partnership interest;
 
(ii) the contribution to the Operating Partnership of the Class B and Class C membership interests in Summit Group of Scottsdale, Arizona, LLC (“Summit of Scottsdale”) held by The Summit Group, Inc. (“The Summit Group”) and an unaffiliated third-party investor in exchange for an aggregate of 106,008 OP units;
 
(iii) the merger of Summit Hotel Properties, LLC (the “Predecessor”) with and into the Operating Partnership, with the Predecessor as the acquiror for accounting purposes, and the issuance by the Operating Partnership of an aggregate of 9,993,992 OP units to the former Class A, Class A-1, Class B and Class C members of the Predecessor in exchange for their membership interests in the Predecessor; and
 
(iv) the repayment of approximately $223,773 of outstanding indebtedness and the payment of estimated costs and expenses of approximately $3,200 recognized in connection with the retirement of this indebtedness.
 
Following completion of the merger, the historical consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor will become the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company, and the assets and liabilities of the Company will be recorded at their respective historical carrying values as of the date of completion of the merger.
 
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes each of these transactions occurred on September 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other operating data assumes each of these transactions occurred on January 1, 2009. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the actual financial position would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on September 30, 2010, nor does it purport to represent the future financial position of the Operating Partnership. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations would have been had the transactions referred to above occurred on January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent the future results of operations of the Operating Partnership. In the opinion of management of the Company, all material adjustments to reflect the effects of the preceding transactions have been made.
 
Although the Operating Partnership’s accounting and financial reporting processes necessary to finalize its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 are not yet complete, the Operating Partnership currently anticipates reporting an impairment charge of between approximately $6.0 million and approximately $7.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010 related to land held for sale shown in the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010. As the estimated impairment charge amount has not been finalized, no charge has been included as a pro forma adjustment to the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010, unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 or unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
2.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2010:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010.


4


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical balance sheet to the Operating Partnership’s intended presentation:
 
  §    To reclassify restricted cash (current and noncurrent) into one account.
 
  §    To reclassify current maturities and notes payable into one account.
 
(C) Reflects the Company’s contribution of $240,047 to the Operating Partnership of net proceeds from the issuance of shares of common stock of the Company.
 
(D) (1) Reflects the retirement of outstanding indebtedness being repaid with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds from the IPO and concurrent private placement:
 
         
First National Bank of Omaha/Acquisition Line of Credit
  $ 19,993  
First National Bank of Omaha/Line of Credit Pool One
    18,903  
Lehman Brothers Bank
    77,381  
Marshall & Ilsley Bank
    21,420  
Fortress Credit Corp. 
    86,076  
         
Use of proceeds
  $ 223,773  
         
 
(2) Reflects the payment, immediately prior to the merger, of priority distributions in the amount of approximately $8,283 to the Predecessor’s Class A and Class A-1 members accrued but unpaid through August 31, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement between the Predecessor and the Operating Partnership.
 
(3) Reflects the write-off of deferred financing costs of approximately $385 associated with the retirement of certain indebtedness being repaid with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds from the Company’s IPO and concurrent private placement.
 
(4) Reflects the reclassification of members’ equity of the Predecessor and the noncontrolling interests of the Predecessor into partners’ equity in the Operating Partnership upon completion of the Company’s IPO, the concurrent private placement and the formation transactions.
 
(5) Reflects the effects of the issuance of 4,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to its independent directors upon completion of the Company’s IPO.
 
(6) Reflects prepayment penalties and other fees of approximately $3,200 related to the retirement of certain indebtedness being repaid with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering and concurrent private placement.


5


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical statement of operations to the Operating Partnership’s intended presentation:
 
(1) To reclassify (a) $30,677 of direct hotel operations expense (wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast) as rooms expense; and (b) $4,674 of direct hotel operations expense (franchise royalties) as other indirect expense.
 
(2) To reclassify (a) $6,432 of other hotel operating expense (utilities and telephone) as other direct expense; and (b) $7,624 of other hotel operating expense (property taxes, insurance and cable) as other indirect expense.
 
(3) To reclassify (a) $3,240 of general, selling and administrative expense (office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense) as other direct expenses; (b) $15,110 of general, selling and administrative expense (credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expense, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees) as other indirect expenses; and (c) $460 of general, selling and administrative expense (ground rent and other expense) as other expense.
 
(4) To reclassify $3,396 of repairs and maintenance expense as other direct expenses.
 
(5) To reclassify $130 of other indirect expense (hotel startup costs) as hotel property acquisition costs.
 
(C) Reflects the elimination of accounting and management expense historically paid to The Summit Group under hotel management agreements and an adjustment to other indirect expense to reflect contractual payments under a new hotel management agreement to be entered into by the Operating Partnership’s TRS lessees with Interstate upon completion of the Company’s IPO.
 
         
Historical accounting expense reimbursement
  $ (480 )
Historical management expense reimbursement
    (2,400 )
         
Historical amounts paid to The Summit Group
    (2,880 )
Base management fee under new hotel management agreement
    3,144  
Accounting expense reimbursement under new hotel management agreement
    850  
Incentive management fee payable under new hotel management agreement
     
         
Amounts payable to Interstate under new hotel management agreement
  $ 1,114  
         
 
(D) Reflects the elimination of $234 of deferred financing cost amortization expense related to indebtedness being repaid with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds from the Company’s IPO and concurrent private placement.
 
(E) Reflects the expected increase in general and administrative expenses as a result of the Company becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, incremental salaries, fees paid to the Company’s independent directors, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other compliance costs.
 
(F) Reflects $562 of expense associated with the grant of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s independent directors upon completion of the IPO and the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s named executive officers upon completion of the IPO. The Company intends to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers upon completion of the Company’s IPO using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock options will vest ratably over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the per-share IPO price of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions used in the fair value


6


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
determination of the stock options to be granted to the Company’s named executive officers are summarized as follows: (1) risk-free interest rate of 3.35% based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate as of January 14, 2011; (2) expected volatility of 61.20% based on an analysis of a peer group of comparable entities; (3) expected dividend yield of 4.6%; (4) weighted-average expected life of 5 years; and (5) exercise price equal to the IPO price. The weighted-average grant date fair value of each stock option to be granted to certain executive officers is anticipated to be $3.71.
 
(G) Reflects a reduction of an aggregate of $11,750 in interest expense as a result of the repayment of indebtedness with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds of the Company’s IPO and concurrent private placement.
 
(H) Reflects the adjustment to recognize income tax expense on the taxable income of Summit TRS, the Operating Partnership’s taxable REIT subsidiary upon completion of the Company’s IPO, assuming the Company had elected REIT status and the TRS leases were in place as of January 1, 2009.
 
4.   Adjustments to the Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
 
(A) Represents the Predecessor’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(B) Reflects the following adjustments to reclassify certain prior period amounts in the Predecessor’s historical statement of operations to the Operating Partnership’s intended presentation:
 
(1) To reclassify (a) $36,720 of direct hotel operations expense (wages, payroll taxes and benefits, linens, cleaning and guestroom supplies and complimentary breakfast) as rooms expense; and (b) $5,351 of direct hotel operations expense (franchise royalties) as other indirect expense.
 
(2) To reclassify (a) $7,642 of other hotel operating expense (utilities and telephone) as other direct expense; and (b) $9,345 of other hotel operating expense (property taxes, insurance and cable) as other indirect expense.
 
(3) To reclassify (a) $4,254 of general, selling and administrative expense (office supplies, advertising, miscellaneous operating expenses and bad debt expense) as other direct expenses; (b) $19,082 of general, selling and administrative expense (credit card/travel agent commissions, management company expenses, management company legal and accounting fees and franchise fees) as other indirect expenses; and (c) $681 of general, selling and administrative expense (ground rent and other expense) as other expense.
 
(4) To reclassify $6,152 of repairs and maintenance expense as other direct expenses.
 
(5) To reclassify $1,389 of other indirect expense (hotel startup costs) as hotel property acquisition costs.
 
(C) Reflects the elimination of accounting and management expense historically paid to The Summit Group under hotel management agreements and an adjustment to other indirect expense to reflect contractual payments under a new hotel management agreement to be entered into by the Operating Partnership’s TRS lessees with Interstate upon completion of the IPO.
 
         
Historical accounting expense reimbursement
  $ (589 )
Historical management expense reimbursement
    (3,029 )
         
Historical amounts paid to The Summit Group
    (3,618 )
Base management fee under new hotel management agreement
    3,636  
Accounting expense reimbursement under new hotel management agreement
    1,133  
Incentive management fee payable under new hotel management agreement
     
         
Amounts payable to Interstate under new hotel management agreement
  $ 1,151  
         


7


 

SUMMIT HOTEL OP, LP
 
NOTES AND MANAGEMENT’S ASSUMPTIONS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(D) Reflects the elimination of $883 of deferred financing cost amortization expense related to indebtedness being repaid with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds from the Company’s IPO and concurrent private placement.
 
(E) Reflects the expected increase in general and administrative expenses as a result of the Company becoming a publicly traded company. These expenses include, but are not limited to, incremental salaries, fees paid to the Company’s independent directors, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other compliance costs.
 
(F) Reflects $737 of expense associated with the grant of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s independent directors upon completion of the IPO and the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 940,000 shares of common stock to the Company’s named executive officers upon completion of the IPO. The Company intends to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options to be granted to the Company’s named executive officers upon completion of the Company’s IPO using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The stock options will vest ratably over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the per-share IPO price of the Company’s common stock. The assumptions used in the fair value determination of the stock options to be granted to certain executive officers are summarized as follows: (1) risk-free interest rate of 3.35% based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate as of January 14, 2011; (2) expected volatility of 61.20% based on an analysis of a peer group of comparable entities; (3) expected dividend yield of 4.6%; (4) weighted-average expected life of 5 years; and (5) exercise price equal to the IPO price. The weighted-average grant date fair value of each stock option to be granted to certain executive officers is anticipated to be $3.71.
 
(G) Reflects a reduction of an aggregate of $9,269 in interest expense as a result of the repayment of indebtedness with the Company’s contribution to the Operating Partnership of the net proceeds of the Company’s IPO and concurrent private placement.
 
(H) To remove income from discontinued operations of $1,465 included in the Predecessor’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(I) Reflects the adjustment to recognize income tax expense on the taxable income of Summit TRS, the Operating Partnership’s taxable REIT subsidiary upon completion of the Company’s IPO, assuming the Company had elected REIT status and the TRS leases were in place as of January 1, 2009.


8